Gujarat Pollution Control Board - DRAFT …...SHRI ARJABHAI KHIMABHAI RATHOD DRAFT EIA REPORT...

STUDY PERIOD POST MONSOON SEASON 2018 (OCTOBER, NOVEMBER, DECEMBER)

Project File ID: OMTC/EIA/18/07

DRAFT ENVRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT &

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR

LIMESTONE MINING PROJECT Survey no. 389, Near Village Ajotha, Taluka: Veraval, District – Gir Somnath

(Gujarat) FOR

Mining Lease Area: 2.0 Ha., Production Capacity: 18,000 TPA, Project Cost: Rs. 30 LAKH

Category-B1

PROJECT PROPONENT Shri ARJABHAI KHIMABHAI RATHOD Harijan Vas, Post-Ajotha, Taluka-Veraval,

Dist - Gir-Somnath (Guj)-362268, District: Junagadh (Gujarat) 362265

Phone No. 9429198488 Email- [email protected]

EIA CONSULTANT OVERSEAS MIN-TECH CONSULTANTS

ISO 9001:2015 Certified & NABET Accredited 501, Apex Tower, Tonk Road, Jaipur – 302015

Telefax: +91-141-2744509, Mobil: +91-9460221084

E-mail–[email protected], Website: www.overseasmintech.com

mailto:[email protected]


http://www.overseasmintech.com/

SHRI ARJABHAI KHIMABHAI RATHOD DRAFT EIA REPORT

EIA/EMP REPORT FOR LIMESTONE MINE AT AJOTHA VILLAGE,

TALUKA: VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT LIST OF EXPERTS

OVERSEAS MIN TECH CONSULTANTS | October2018 1

DECLARATION BY EXPERTS CONTRIBUTING TO THIS REPORT

“I, hereby, certify that I was part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.

Sector No. as per

EIA Notification 1(a)

Sector as per EIA

Notification Mining of minerals

Name of EIA Coordinator: Mr. Arun Kumar Yadav

Signature:

Period of Involvement: October 2018 to December 2018

Contact Information: M/s. Overseas Min - Tech Consultants, Jaipur

501, 5th Floor, Apex Tower, Tonk Road, Jaipur-302015

Tel: +91-141-2744509, Fax No. 0141-2744509 (O),

Mobile: +91-9460221084

Email: [email protected]

Name of Associate EIA Coordinator

Ms. Anjali Chachane

October 2018 to December 2018

Name of Team Member

T. Jaya Prakash

October 2018 to December 2018

S.

No.

Functional

Areas

Name of the

Functional Area

Experts (FAE)

Signature Involvement

(Period and Task)

1

Air Pollution

Prevention,

Monitoring &

Control (AP)

P.M. Jain

October to December 2018 Task:

Reconnaissance of study area,

Ambient air quality monitoring,

interpretation of data and ambient air

quality, identification of sources of

air pollution and its impact on air

quality during operational phase,

suggesting mitigation measures to

minimize impact on ambient air

quality.

2. Noise/ Vibration

(NV) A.K.Yadav


Monitoring of noise level,

interpretation of data, and prediction

of noise level due to project activity

and suggestions of mitigation






measures.

3.

Solid Waste and

Hazardous Waste

Management

(SHW)

A.K.Yadav


Identification of sources, nature of

solid waste generated, categorization

of solid waste, quantity and method

of disposal.

4.

Risk Assessment

&

Hazard

Management

(RH)

A.K.Yadav


Identification of risk, interpreting

consequence contours, suggesting

risk mitigation measures.

5.

Soil

Conservation

(SC)

Anjali Chachane


Reconnaissance, Selection of

sampling locations, collection of soil

samples and analysis, interpretation

of data, soil quality, impact

identification and mitigation

measures, suggestion of soil

conservation plan

6.

Meteorology, Air

Quality

Modeling &

Prediction (AQ)

O.P.Yadav


Estimation of sources of air

emissions, supervision of air quality

modeling, interpretation of results

obtained, impact prediction and

mitigation measures.

7

Water Pollution,

Prevention,

Control &

Prediction of

Impacts (WP)

Anjali Chachane

October to December 2018 Task: Site

visit, finalization of surface and

ground water sampling locations,

interpretation of baseline data

collected for water quality, water

balance for the project identification

of impacts and suggestion for

mitigation plan.

8.

Hydrology,

Ground Water &

Water

Conservation

(HG)

Prerna Chauhan


Water resource evaluation, variation

and change in groundwater level

throughout the year, determination of

groundwater use pattern, Impact on

ground water regime, mitigation

measures, development of rainwater

harvesting program

9. Land Use

(LU) Prerna Chauhan

October 2018 to December 2018:

Preparation of land use land cover

maps for the study area using satellite

imagery, GIS/ related tools followed

by ground truth verification for

classification of resources available

within the study area.

10. Geology(GEO) Prerna Chauhan


Field survey for assessing regional

and local geology and drainage

pattern,





11.

Ecology and

Biodiversity

(EB)

O.P.Yadav


Field survey for ecology and

biodiversity, identification and

classification of species, Impact

prediction and mitigation measures.

Preparation of ecology management

plan.

12. Socio-Economics

(SE) Roshan Kumawat


Guiding AFAE for undertaking

primary and secondary data

collection and analysis, impact

assessment, mitigation plan, and CSR

budget allocation.

S.

No.

Functional

Areas

Name & Signature

of the Functional

Area Associates

(FAA)

Signature Involvement

(Period and Task)

1. AP L.N Yadav

October to December 2018 Task:,

Assisted FAE for Ambient air quality

monitoring, interpretation of data and

ambient air quality, Analysis of

identification of sources of air

pollution and its impact on air quality

during operational phase, suggesting

mitigation measures to minimize

impact on ambient air quality.

2. NV L.N Yadav


Assisted FAE for Monitoring of

noise level, interpretation of data, and

prediction of noise level due to

project activity and suggestions of

mitigation measures.

3. SHW Apoorva Chodhary


Assisted FAE for Identification of

sources, nature of solid waste

generated, categorization of solid

waste, quantity and method of

disposal.

4 RH Sameer Singh


Assisted FAE for Identification of

risk, interpreting consequence

contours, suggesting risk mitigation

measures.

5 SC Pramod Bunkar


Assisted FAE for Reconnaissance,

Selection of sampling locations,

collection of soil samples and

analysis, interpretation of data, soil

quality, impact identification and

mitigation measures, suggestion of

soil conservation plan





6 AQ Jaya Mathur


Assisted FAE for Estimation of

sources of air emissions, supervision

of air quality modeling, interpretation

of results obtained, impact prediction

and mitigation measures.

7 WP Pooja Singh


Assisted FAE for Site visit,

finalization of surface and ground

water sampling locations,

interpretation of baseline data

collected for water quality, water

balance for the project identification

of impacts and suggestion for

mitigation plan.

8 HG Ajeet Singh


Assisted FAE for Water resource

evaluation, variation and change in

groundwater level throughout the

year, determination of groundwater

use pattern, Impact on ground water

regime, mitigation measures,

development of rainwater harvesting

program

9 LU Ajeet Singh


Assisted FAE for Preparation of land

use land cover maps for the study

area using satellite imagery, GIS/

related tools followed by ground

truth verification for classification of

resources available within the study

area.

10 GEO Ajeet Singh


Assisted FAE for Field survey for

assessing regional and local geology

and drainage pattern,

11 EB Bharti Verma


Assisted FAE for Field survey for

ecology and biodiversity,

identification and classification of

species, Impact prediction and

mitigation measures. Preparation of

ecology management plan.

12 SE Fateh chand

Kumawat


Assisted FAE for Guiding AFAE for

undertaking primary and secondary

data collection and analysis, impact

assessment, mitigation plan, and CSR

budget allocation.





Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/ Authorized Person

I, Arun Kumar Yadav hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts were involved in preparation of

the EIA report “Ajotha Limestone Mining Project Near Village Ajotha, Taluka Verval, District Gir

Somnath (Gujarat).” I further confirm that prescribed ToR’s have been complied with and the data

submitted is factually correct. The consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any misleading

information mentioned in this statement.

Signature:

Name: Arun Kumar Yadav

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: M/s Overseas Min - Tech Consultants, Jaipur

NABET Certificate No.: NABET/EIA/1720/RA 0091

SHRI ARJABHAI KHIMABHAI RATHOD


TALUKA: VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT COMPLIANCE OF ToR


1.1 ToR Compliance

Compliance to ToR

S.

No

.

TOR Conditions Compliance Status

1

Year-wise production details since

1994 should be given, clearly

stating the highest production

achieved in any one year prior to

1994. It may also be categorically

informed whether there had been

any increase in production after the

EIA Notification 1994 came into

force, w.r.t. the highest production

achieved prior to 1994.

Year wise production detail since Inception of the mines has

been incorporated in Chapter 1, Table 1.2 of Draft EIA/EMP

Report.

Certified report has been enclosed as Annexure-2.

2

A copy of the document in support

of the fact that the Proponent is the

rightful Lessee of the mine should

be given.

The lease was granted to Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod

vide order no. MCR-1578-(R-4)-3/427-CHH issued on dated

24.04.1979 by Government of Gujarat for a period of 20 year.

Lease deed was signed on 08.10.1979. Lease deed has been

enclosed as Annexure-1 of Draft EIA/EMP Report.

Lease applied for renewal on 28.09.1998 and the renewal is

under-process. The first renewal shall be from 08.10.1999 to

07.10.2019. The mining operations were commenced from

05.12.1979. Renewal letter has been enclosed as Annexure-2

of Draft EIA/EMP Report. As per section 8(A) of new MMDR Amendment Act -2015

the lease is liable for lease period extension up to Dated

7/10/2029. Letter for the same has been enclosed as

Annexure3 of Draft EIA/EMP Report.

3

All documents including approved

mine plan, EIA and Public Hearing

should be compatible with one

another in terms of the mine lease

area, production levels, waste

generation and its management,

mining technology etc. and should

be in the name of the lessee.

All documents including approved mine plan, EIA has been

compatible with one another in terms of the mine lease area,

production levels, waste generation and its management,

mining technology etc. and has been All documents are in the

name of Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod.

Public Hearing will be done after submission of Draft

EIA/EMP report with consolation of SPCB, Gujarat.

Mining Lease Area- 2.0 ha

Production–18,000 TPA

Waste generation-

There is no overburden or mineral rejects.

Small amount of domestic waste will be generated for which

dustbin will be kept at proper place and it will be disposed

properly and regularly.

The dump will be protected by retaining wall with garland

drain, compacted and temporarily rehabilitated by sowing fast

growing grass seeds.

Mining Technology –Opencast Semi-Mechanized Method





S.

No

.


Name of the Lessee – Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod

4

All corner coordinates of the mine

lease area, superimposed on a High

Resolution Imagery/toposheet,

topographic sheet geomorphology

and geology of the area should be

provided. Such an Imagery of the

proposed area should clearly show

the land use and other ecological

features of the study area (core and

buffer zone).

All corner coordinates of the lease area has been

superimposed in Topographical map. Refer Figure 2-1 of

Chapter-2.

Image of the proposed area for show the land use and other

ecological features of the study area (core and buffer zone)

has been referred in Figure 3-1 in Chapter-3 of Draft

EIA/EMP report.

5

Information should be provided in

Survey of India Toposheet in

1:50,000 scale indicating

geological map of the area,

geomorphology of land forms of

the area, existing minerals and

mining history of the area,

important water bodies, streams

and rivers and soil characteristics.

A map of Survey of India Toposheet in 1:50,000 scale

indicating geology & geomorphology of the area, has been

given in Figure 2.1 for existing minerals and mining history,

important water bodies, streams & rivers & soil characteristics

has been given in has been shown in Figure 3.1 of Draft

EIA/EMP Report.

6

Details about the land proposed for

mining activities should be given

with information as to whether

mining conforms to the land use

policy of the State; land diversion

for mining should have approval

from State land use board or the

concerned authority.

The total mining lease area (2.0 ha) is Non-forest Government

waste land. Mining lease was granted by Industry, Mines and

Power department of Government of Gujarat in favor of Shri

Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod vide order no. MCR-1578-(R-4)-

3/427-CHH issued on 24.04.1979 for a period of 20 years.

7

It should be clearly stated whether

the proponent Company has a well

laid down Environment Policy

approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be spelt out

in the EIA Report with description

of the prescribed operating

process/procedures to bring into

focus any

infringement/deviation/violation of

the environmental or forest norms/

conditions? The hierarchical

system or administrative order of

the Company to deal with the

environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the EC

conditions may also be given. The

system of reporting of non-

The company is having well laid down Environmental Policy

duly approved by its Board of Directors & the same is

enclosed as Annexure 6.

Standard Operating Procedures (SoPs) have been incorporated

in the Corporate Environmental Policy of the company.

The hierarchical system or administrative order of the

company to deal with the environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the EC conditions etc. has been

given in Chapter- 8 of Draft EIA/EMP Report.





S.

No

.


compliances / violations of

environmental norms to the Board

of Directors of the Company

and/or shareholders or

stakeholders at large, may also be

detailed in the EIA Report.

8.

Issue relating to Mine safety

including subsidence study in case

of underground mining and slope

study in case of open cast mining

blasting study study etc. should be

detailed. The proposed safeguard

measures in each case should also

be provided.

The proposed method of Mining will be Open-cast Manual

mining method by forming benches of 3.0 m height and width

more than height comprising Jack Hammer drilling, manual

breaking & loading of limestone with Tractor trolley.

Mines relating to mine safety has been adopted and same has

been incorporated in Chapter 4 of Draft EIA/EMP Report.

Mild Drilling & Blasting is proposed.

The proposed safeguard measures in each case has been

given in Chapter 4 of Draft EIA/EMP Report.

9

The study area will comprise of 10

km zone around the mine lease

from lease periphery and the data

contained in the EIA such as waste

generation etc. should be for the

life of the mine / lease period.

The Study area of the proposed mining project comprises of

10 km zone around the mining Lease boundary. Map showing

core zone (ML area) and buffer zone (10 km radius from the

lease boundary) has been prepared and given in Figure-2.1.

There will be no Top soil or waste will be generated due to

Mining.

Data like reserves, waste generation up to life of mine is given

in Chapter 2 of Draft EIA/EMP Report.

10

Land use of the study area

delineating forest area, agricultural

land, grazing land, wildlife

sanctuary, national park, migratory

routes of fauna, water bodies,

human settlements and other

ecological features should be

indicated. Land use plan of the

mine lease area should be prepared

to encompass preoperational,

operational and post operational

phases and submitted. Impact, if

any, of change of land use should

be given.

Land use / land cover map of the study area showing present

land use pattern & also, delineating agricultural land, water

bodies, forest land, human settlements and other ecological

features etc. is given in Figure-3.1 of Chapter 3 of Draft

EIA/EMP Report.

Land use plan of the mine lease area in pre-operational,

operational and post operational phases has been prepared and

given in Table 3.1 of Draft EIA/EMP report.

No, mineral reject & top soil will be generated during this

scheme period (five years). Whole area of 1.6842(excavated

area in plan period) will be converted into water reservoir.

11

Details of the land for any Over

Burden Dumps outside the mine

lease, such as extent of land area,

distance from mine lease, its land

use, R&R issues, if any, should be

No land for any Over Burden Dumps outside the mine lease is

proposed hence no R & R issue.





S.

No

.


given.

12

A Certificate from the Competent

Authority in the State Forest

Department should be provided,

confirming the involvement of

forest land, if any, in the project

area. In the event of any contrary

claim by the Project Proponent

regarding the status of forests, the

site may be inspected by the State

Forest Department along with the

Regional Office of the Ministry to

ascertain the status of forests,

based on which, the Certificate in

this regard as mentioned above be

issued. In all such cases, it would

be desirable for representative of

the State Forest Department to

assist the Expert Appraisal

Committees.

The total mining lease area (2.00 ha) is a Govt. Waste land.

Deputy Conservator of Forest, Forest Department, Junagad

has been certified on dated 22.11.2017 that there is a Forest

extension present at a distance of 6.7 KM and Gir Century at a

distance of 21.9 km from the lease area. Forest letter has been

enclosed as Annexure-7 of Draft EIA/EMP Report

13

Status of forestry clearance for the

broken up area and virgin

forestland involved in the Project

including deposition of net present

value (NPV) and compensatory

afforestation (CA) should be

indicated. A copy of the forestry

clearance should also be furnished.

No forest clearance is required as the proposed mining lease

area is Government Waste Land (Non Forest Land).

NOC from forest department has been has been enclosed as

Annexure-7 of Draft EIA/EMP Report

14

Implementation status of

recognition of forest rights under

the Scheduled Tribes and other

Traditional Forest Dwellers

(Recognition of Forest Rights)

Act, 2006 should be indicated.

Not Applicable

15

The vegetation in the RF / PF areas

in the study area, with necessary

details, should be given.

Reserved / Protected Forest falling within 10 Km radius of the

mining lease area.

1. Reserved forest ~ 8..20Km in South direction form mine

site

2. Reserved forest ~ 7.0 North-East direction form mine site

3. Reserved forest ~ 6.74, North direction form mine site

Same has been marked on Environment Sensitive map of

Figure 1.3 of Draft EIA/EMP report.

Details of Flora and fauna found in the study area are given

in Chapter 3 of Draft EIA/EMP Report.

16 A study shall be got done to

ascertain the impact of the Mining

Biological study has been done for the project and it has been

assessed that there will no adverse effect will be on wildlife





S.

No

.


Project on wildlife of the study

area and details furnished. Impact

of the project on the wildlife in the

surrounding and any other

protected area and accordingly,

detailed mitigative measures

required, should be worked out

with cost implications and

submitted.

because there is no wild life activity found.

Same has been details the impact on surrounding wildlife and

mitigation measures are given in Chapter 3 & 4 Draft

EIA/EMP Report.

17

Location of National Parks,

Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,

Wildlife Corridors, Ramsar site

Tiger/Elephant Reserves (existing

as well as proposed), if any, within

10 km of the mine lease should be

clearly indicated, supported by a

location map duly authenticated by

Chief Wildlife Warden. Necessary

clearance, as may be applicable to

such projects due to proximity of

the ecologically sensitive areas as

mentioned above, should be

obtained from the Standing

Committee of National Board of

Wildlife and copy furnished.

No National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,

wildlife corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves (existing as well

as proposed) etc. falls within the study area (10 km radius of

the mine boundary).

18

A detailed biological study of the

study area [core zone and buffer

zone (10 km radius of the

periphery of the mine lease)] shall

be carried out. Details of flora and

fauna, endangered, endemic and

RET Species duly authenticated,

separately for core and buffer zone

should be furnished based on such

primary field survey, clearly

indicating the Schedule of the

fauna present. In case of any

scheduled-I fauna found in the

study area, the necessary plan

along with budgetary provisions

for their conservation should be

prepared in consultation with State

Forest and Wildlife Department

and details furnished. Necessary

allocation of funds for

implementing the same should be

made as part of the project cost.

Detailed Biological study for the study area (core zone &

buffer zone) has been conducted.

List of Flora & Fauna for core & buffer zone has been

submitted to DFO for approval & the same is under process

with the Forest Department.

There is no Schedule I species found within the proposed

area.





S.

No

.


19

Proximity to Areas declared as

„Critically Polluted‟ or the Project

areas likely to come under the

„Aravali Range‟, (attracting court

restrictions for mining Operations)

should also be indicated and where

so required, clearance

certifications from the prescribed

Authorities, such as the SPCB or

State Mining Dept. Should be

secured and furnished to the effect

that the proposed mining activities

could be considered.

The Mine site does not fall under the Critically Polluted Area

and „Aravali Range‟ and it does not attract any court

restriction for mining operation.

20

Similarly, for coastal Projects, A

CRZ map duly authenticated by

one of the authorized agencies

demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ area,

location of the mine lease w.r.t

CRZ, coastal features such as

mangroves, if any, should be

furnished. (Note: The Mining

Projects falling under CRZ would

also need to obtain approval of the

concerned Coastal Zone

Management Authority).

Not Applicable, as the project does not falls in Coastal area.

21

R&R Plan/compensation details

for the Project Affected People

(PAP) should be furnished. While

preparing the R&R Plan, the

relevant State/National

Rehabilitation & Resettlement

Policy should be kept in view. In

respect of SCs/STs and other

weaker sections of the society in

the study area, a need based

sample survey, family-wise,

should be undertaken to assess

their requirements, and action

programmes prepared and

submitted accordingly, integrating

the sectoral programmes of line

departments of the State

Government. It may be clearly

brought out whether the village(s)

located in the mine lease area will

be shifted or not. The issues

relating to shifting of village(s)

The total mining lease area (2.0 ha) is a Govt. Waste land. No

houses, villages connecting road and infrastructure existing in

the area will be disturbed.

Therefore no Rehabilitation and resettlement action plan is

required.





S.

No

.


including their R&R and socio-

economic aspects should be

discussed in the Report.

22

One season (non-monsoon) [i.e.

March - May (Summer Season);

October - December (post

monsoon season) ; December -

February (winter season)] primary

baseline data on ambient air

quality as per CPCB Notification

of 2009, water quality, noise level,

soil and flora and fauna shall be

collected and the AAQ and other

data so compiled presented date-

wise in the EIA and EMP Report.

Site specific Meteorological data

should also be collected. The

location of the monitoring stations

should be such as to represent

whole of the study area and

justified keeping in view the pre-

dominant downwind direction and

location of sensitive receptors.

There should be at least one

monitoring station within 500 m of

the mine lease in the pre-dominant

downwind direction. The

mineralogical composition of

PM10, particularly for free silica,

should be given.

Primary baseline data on ambient air quality, water quality,

noise level, soil and flora and fauna are collected in Post

Monsoon Season (October, November, December) 2018.

Ambient Air quality has been determined by measuring the

concentration of parameters like P.M.2.5, P.M.10, SO2, NOx

according to the latest standards prescribed by CPCB. Site-

specific meteorological data has also been collected. The

location of the monitoring stations (minimum 7) has been

justified.

The selections criteria for monitoring locations have been

given in Chapter-3 Date wise collected baseline AAQ data

have formed part of EIA and EMP report. The details of the

same are given in Chapter 3.

The monitoring has been carried out by NABL approved

laboratory and copy of the certificate 8 & lab analyses report

has been enclose as Annexure-8 of Draft EIA/EMP Report.

23

Air quality modeling should be

carried out for prediction of impact

of the project on the air quality of

the area. It should also take into

account the impact of movement

of vehicles for transportation of

mineral. The details of the model

used and input parameters used for

modeling should be provided. The

air quality contours may be shown

on a location map clearly

indicating the location of the site,

location of sensitive receptors, if

any, and the habitation. The wind

roses showing pre-dominant wind

direction may also be indicated on

the map.

Air quality modeling has been carried out for prediction of

impact of the project on the air quality of the area. The impact

of movement of vehicles for transportation of mineral has

been taken into account. The details of the model used and

input parameters used for modeling are given in Chapter 4 of

the draft EIA report.

The Isopleths have been drawn on the topographical map. The

wind rose diagram has been prepared which is showing NE

pre-dominant wind direction and shown in Chapter-3.





S.

No

.


24

The water requirement for the

Project, its availability and source

should be furnished. A detailed

water balance should also be

provided. Fresh water requirement

for the Project should be indicated.

The total water requirement for the Ajodha Limestone Mine

is 3.83 KLD. Propose Quantity

(KLD)

Remarks

Domestic 1.44 0.320 KLD fresh water will used for

drinking purpose Dust

Suppression

0.39

Greenbelt

Development

2.0

Total 3.83

Detailed discussion has been done in Chapter-2, Point No.

2.15 of Draft EIA/EMP Report.

25

Necessary clearance from the

Competent Authority for drawl of

requisite quantity of water for the

Project should be provided.

No groundwater will be abstracted for use at mine site.

26

Description of water conservation

measures proposed to be adopted

in the Project should be given.

Details of rainwater harvesting

proposed in the Project, if any,

should be provided.

In the proposed mining, the water will be required during

water sprinkling.

The rain water collected in the mine pit will be pumped out

and fed to the nearby pond by flexible pipes.

27

Impact of the Project on the water

quality, both surface and

groundwater, should be assessed

and necessary safeguard measures,

if any required, should be

provided.

Surface water: Surface water will not likely to be affected.

All water drains from the pits will be constructed in such a

way that the water will be drained to nallas

Ground Water: The ultimate depth of the pit would be done

at 16 mRL and the ground water table in area is beyond 10-15

m bgl hence the mining will be maintain up to 5-10 m above

the ground water table. So mining activity will not intersect

the ground water table at any point.

28

Based on actual monitored data, it

may clearly be shown whether

working will intersect

groundwater. Necessary data and

documentation in this regard may

be provided. In case the working

will intersect groundwater table, a

detailed Hydro Geological Study

should be undertaken and Report

furnished. The Report inter-alia,

shall include details of the aquifers

present and impact of mining

activities on these aquifers.

Necessary permission from Central

Based on actual monitored data it has been found that:

Elevation range (Buffer

Zone)

21.43 m RL – 18.52

Depth of workings

(from natural

surface level starting

the pit excavation)

19.0 m RL- 16.0 m RL

Ultimate Working Depth 16.0 mRL

Difference from surface

level to ultimate working

pit

3.0 m

Ground Water Table Pre Monsoon –15-20 m BGL

Post Monsoon- 10-12 m BGL

Area 2.0 hect.





S.

No

.


Ground Water Authority for

working below ground water and

for pumping of ground water

should also be obtained and copy

furnished.

So mining activity will not intersect the ground water table at

any point.

29

Details of any stream, seasonal or

otherwise, passing through the

lease area and modification /

diversion proposed, if any, and the

impact of the same on the

hydrology should be.

There is a Sarswati River which is 1.40 km flows in South

west direction from the mining lease area. Rain water falling

around the lease area will be diverted to the low lying area.

There is no stream or seasonal water bodies passing through

the lease area.

So there will be no change in water bodies or the land surface

affecting drainage or run‐off.

30

Information on site elevation,

working depth, groundwater table

etc. Should be provided both in

AMSL and BGL. A schematic

diagram may also be provided for

the same.

Elevation range (Buffer

Zone)

21.43 m RL – 18.52

Depth of workings

(from natural

surface level starting

the pit excavation)

19.0 m RL- 16.0 m RL


Difference from surface

level to ultimate working

pit

3.0 m



Area 2.0 hect.

31

A time bound Progressive

Greenbelt Development Plan shall

be prepared in a tabular form

(indicating the linear and

quantitative coverage, plant

species and time frame) and

submitted, keeping in mind, the

same will have to be executed up

front on commencement of the

Project. Phase-wise plan of

plantation and compensatory

afforestation should be charted

clearly indicating the area to be

covered under plantation and the

species to be planted. The details

of plantation already done should

be given. The plant species

selected for green belt should have

greater ecological value and should

be of good utility value to the local

population with emphasis on local

A time bound progressive greenbelt development plan is

given in Table 10.2 of Chapter-10. Greenbelt developments Programme within M.L. area

Year of

Plantation. Proposed

Plantation

Area

cover

in ha.

Species Place of

Plantation

1st Year 40 0.0631 Beal,

Amla,

Mango,

On the

statuary

barrier

and along

the haul

road

2nd

Year 40 0.0631

3rd

Year 40 0.0631

4th

Year 40 0.0631

5th

Year 40 0.0631

Total 200 0.315

Greenbelt developments Programme outside the M.L area

Year of


Plantation

Area

cover

in ha.

Species Place of

Plantation

1st Year 43 0.0688

Jamun,

Arjun,

Sissoo

Along the

road-

sides,

Gram

Sabha,

nearest

2nd

Year 43 0.0688

3rd

Year 43 0.0688

4th

Year 43 0.0688

5th

Year 43 0.0688





S.

No

.


and native species and the species

which are tolerant to pollution.

Total 215 0.344 village,

nearby

schools &

hospitals

32

Impact on local transport

infrastructure due to the Project

should be indicated. Projected

increase in truck traffic as a result

of the Project in the present road

network (including those outside

the Project area) should be worked

out, indicating whether it is

capable of handling the

incremental load. Arrangement for

improving the infrastructure, if

contemplated (including action to

be taken by other agencies such as

State Government) should be

covered. Project Proponent shall

conduct Impact of Transportation

study as per Indian Road Congress

Guidelines.

The Impact on local transport and infrastructure due to the

project will be on positive side as Post project PCU will be

1184 PCUs (1161.5 PCUs Existing + 22.5 PCUs Post) on SH-

6 (Somnath-una highway).

Project site to

NH

Vol. of

vehicle in

PCU/day

Capacity of

Roads in

PCU/day

LOS

SH-6 (Somnath-

una highway), 1184 2000

0.59 (Good/

Average/ Fair)

Not much impact will be there on the local transport. The

LOS value from the proposed mine may be “Good/ Average/

Fair” for State highway-6 (Somnath to Una Highway). So, the

additional load on the carrying capacity of the concern roads

is not likely to have any significant adverse effect.

Traffic Density is carried out at one locations on (Mine site to

SH-6) and the same is given in Chapter 2,

33

Details of the onsite shelter and

facilities to be provided to the

mine workers should be included

in the EIA Report.

Mine office & First Aid Station ,Store Room,Rest Shelter,

Drinking water facility, Domestic Water & Dust Suppression,

Adequate lighting arrangements: Storage of machinery, tools,

oil and grease, Toilets will be provides for workers.

Details of the infrastructure facilities to be provided for the

mine workers is given in Chapter-2.

34

Conceptual post mining land use

and Reclamation and Restoration

of mined out areas (with plans and

with adequate number of sections)

should be given in the EIA report.

Post-Mining (Conceptual) Land Use of Core Zone with

Reclamation and Restoration of mined out areas has been

shown below:

S.

No. Head

Present

Land Use

At the end of

Fifth Year

At the end of

mine

1 Area under

mining

0.4270 1.1455 1.5725

2 Storage for top

soil

Nil Nil Nil

3 Waste dump site Nil Nil Nil

4 Mineral storage Nil Nil Nil

5 Infrastructure

workshop,

administrative

building etc.

0.0355 Nil 0.0355

6 Roads 0. 0762 Nil 0. 0762

7 Railways Nil Nil Nil

8 Tailing Road Nil Nil Nil





S.

No

.


9 Effluent

treatment plant

Nil Nil Nil

10 Mineral

separation Plant

Nil Nil Nil

11 Township area Nil Nil Nil

12 Other

(green belt)

0.200 0.1158 0.3158

13 Virgin Area 1.2613 Nil Nil

Grand Total 2.000 2.000 2.000

& Conceptual Plan has been enclosed as Plate-7.

35

Occupational Health impacts of the

Project should be anticipated and

the proposed preventive measures

spelt out in detail. Details of pre-

placement medical examination

and periodical medical

examination schedules should be

incorporated in the EMP. The

project specific occupational

health mitigation measures with

required facilities proposed in the

mining area may be detailed.

The Mines Act and the Mines Rules, 1955 will be followed

for Occupational health and safety.

Impact & preventive measures on Occupational Health :

Near miss incident or injury which may require self-

administered first aid.

Injury requiring onsite treatment by medical

practitioner.

Serious injury requiring offsite treatment by medical

practitioner.

Regular Medical checkup of workers will be done to

check occupational disease, if any, and respective

records will be maintained at the mine.

Project specific occupational health mitigation measures with

required facilities proposed in the mining & Details of pre-

placement medical examination and periodical medical

examination schedules has been detailed in Para 4.12 of

Chapter-4 of Draft EIA/EMP report.

36

Public health implications of the

Project and related activities for

the population in the impact zone

should be systematically evaluated

and the proposed remedial

measures should be detailed along

with budgetary allocations.

Limestone mining can cause such as Skin Diseases, Lung

diseases, Stomach diseases and Eye/Skin.

Impact of Limestone mining on Public health implication &

remedial measures has been detailed in Table 4.7 & Table 4.8

of Chapter-4.

Budgetary amount:

About Rs. 0.50 Lakh/annum will be proposed for

Health check - up camps for villagers (the camp will

be conducted twice during the year for general health

check-up). About Rs. 0.80 Lakh/annum will be proposed for

health facility & insurance cover for mine workers.

37

Measures of socio economic

significance and influence to the

local community proposed to be

provided by the Project Proponent

should be indicated. As far as

possible, quantitative dimensions

may be given with time frames for

implementation.

A field based socio economic survey has been conducted and

detailed in Para 3.16 of Chapter-3.

The people around the mine area will get direct or

indirect employment opportunities on mine and at

getting associated with ancillaries.

The villagers employed get the benefit of health

surveillance done statutorily for all workers under

Mines Rules.

Impact of proposed Limestone mining on Socio economic





S.

No

.


conditions has been discussed in Para 4.11 of Chater-4.

38

Detailed environmental

management plan (EMP) to

mitigate the environmental impacts

which, should inter-alia include the

impacts of change of land use, loss

of agricultural and grazing land, if

any, occupational health impacts

besides other impacts specific to

the proposed Project.

Detailed Environmental Monitoring Programme and

Environment Management Plan have been incorporated as a

Chapter-6 & Chpater-10 of Draft EIA/EMP report.

Occupational health impacts besides other impacts specific to

the proposed Project s has been detailed in Para 4.12 of

Chapter-4 of Draft EIA/EMP report.

39

Public Hearing points raised and

commitment of the Project

Proponent on the same along with

time bound Action Plan with

budgetary provisions to implement

the same should be provided and

also incorporated in the final

EIA/EMP Report of the Project.

Public Hearing points raised and commitment of the Project

Proponent on the same along with time bound Action Plan

with budgetary provisions to implement the same will be

provided after submission of Draft EIA/EMP report & public

hearing and same will be incorporated in the final EIA/EMP

Report of the Project.

40

Details of litigation pending

against the project, if any, with

direction /order passed by any

Court of Law against the Project

should be given.

There is no litigation or directions by any court.

41

The cost of the Project (capital cost

and recurring cost) as well as the

cost towards implementation of

EMP should be clearly spelt out.

Total Project cost is Rs. 30 Lacs.

Cost towards implementation of EMP:

S.No. Description

of Item

Budgetary

Calculation

Recurring

Cost

(Rs/Lakhs)

Per Annum

1 Air Pollution

Control

Water Sprinkling 1.20

2 Environmental

Monitoring

and

Management

Air quality Monitoring

Ground Water

sampling analysis

Surface Water

sampling analysis

Soil Sampling

Analysis

Noise Sampling

0.90

3 Green Belt

Development

Green Belt

Development

0.61

Total Rs. 2.72

Lakh/annum

42

A Disaster management Plan shall

be prepared and included in the

EIA/EMP Report.

Disaster Management Plan has been assessed and detailed in

Para 7.5 of Chapter-7.

Privation measures for Disaster has been detailed in Para 7.5.2





S.

No

.


of Chapter-7.

43

Benefits of the Project if the

Project is implemented should be

spelt out. The benefits of the

Project shall clearly indicate

environmental, social, economic,

employment potential, etc.

Environmental Benefits: About Rs. 2.72 lakhs/- Will be

spent by project proponent to environment management plan.

Green belt development along the roads and villages will

improve the environment condition of surrounding area.

Social Benefits: The project will contribute additional

revenue to the State and Central Govt. in the form of royalty

and other taxes etc. The people in area will be able to utilize

improved facilities with regard to education, health care,

hygiene, recreational opportunities, small business

opportunities etc.

Economic Benefits: Limestone Mining from Ajodha supply

to the various consumers in the state and outside the state that

will encourage the industries to enhance or improve their

capacity for the end users which will support the economic

growth and industrial improvement.

Employment potential: Direct or indirect employment job

opportunities to the local people will improve the earning and

spending capacity of the people.

Besides the above, the below mentioned general points are also to be followed:-

1. Executive Summary of the

EIA/EMP Report Complied

2.

All documents to be properly

referenced with index and

continuous page numbering.

Complied

3.

Where data are presented in the

Report especially in Tables, the

period in which the data were

collected and the sources should be

indicated.

Complied

4.

Project Proponent shall enclose all

the analysis/testing reports of

water, air, soil, noise etc. using the

MoEF&CC/NABL accredited

laboratories. All the original

analysis/testing reports should be

available during appraisal of the

Project.

All the analysis/testing reports of water, air, soil; noise etc.

using the NABL accredited laboratories named OTH& RC

has been enclosed as Annexure-8.

All the original analysis/testing reports will be available

during appraisal of the Project.

5.

Where the documents provided are

in a language other than English,

an English translation should be

provided.

The documents provided are in a English language.

6.

The Questionnaire for

environmental appraisal of mining

projects as devised earlier by the

Ministry shall also be filled and

Not Applicable





S.

No

.


submitted.

7.

While preparing the EIA report,

the instructions for the Proponents

and instructions for the

Consultants issued by MoEF vide

O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II

(I) dated 4th August, 2009, which

are available on the website of this

Ministry, should be followed.

MoEF vide O.M. No. J- 11013/41/2006-IA. II (I) dated 4th

August, 2009 has been followed during preparing the EIA

report, the instructions for the Proponents and instructions for

the Consultants.

8.

Changes, if any made in the basic

scope and project parameters (as

submitted in Form-I and the PFR

for securing the TOR) should be

brought to the attention of

MoEF&CC with reasons for such

changes and permission should be

sought, as the TOR may also have

to be altered. Post Public Hearing

changes in structure and content of

the draft EIA/EMP (other than

modifications arising out of the

P.H. process) will entail

conducting the PH again with the

revised documentation.

There are no changes made in the basic scope and project

parameters

9.

As per the circular no. J-

11011/618/2010-IA.II (I) dated

30.5.2012, certified report of the

status of compliance of the

conditions stipulated in the

environment clearance for the

existing operations of the project,

should be obtained from the

Regional Office of Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate

Change, as may be applicable.

As per the circular no. J-11011/618/2010-IA. II (I) dated

30.5.2012, EC compliance will be submitted after grant of

EC.

10.

The EIA report should also include

(i) surface plan of the area

indicating contours of main

topographic features, drainage and

mining area, (ii) geological maps

and sections and (iii) sections of

the mine pit and external dumps, if

any, clearly showing the land

features of the adjoining area.

The EIA report has been include

(i) Surface plan of the area indicating contours of main

topographic features, drainage and mining area, (ii) geological

maps and sections and (iii) Sections of the mine pit and

external dumps, if any, clearly showing the land features of

the adjoining area.

Additional ToR

1. Project site specific details such as Project Site specific details have been incorporated in





S.

No

.


distance of the project site from

nearest (1) Village (Habitation)

(2) Water Body:

River/Creek/Nallah/Lake/Pond/Ch

eck dam/ reservoir/Canal/French

well/Percolation well (3) National

Highway/Bridge Pier (4) State

Highway/ Bridge Pier (5) Railway

line/Bridge (6) Heritage site (7)

National Park/Wild life

Sanctuary/Reserved

Forest/Protected Forest shall be

included in the rapid EIA report to

be prepared covering one season

(Other than monsoon) data. A map

indicating the aerial distance of the

lease area from these entities.

Chapter-1, Table 1.2 of Draft EIA/EMP report.

A topographical map has been prepared with all details and

incorporated in Draft EIA/EMP Report as Figure 2.1.

2.

Distance of nearby mining lease

area from the periphery of the

proposed project including a map

covering distance of 1.0 km from

the periphery of the proposed

project. In case of no mining lease

area are existing within 500 m

periphery of the proposed project,

certificate of the concerned

geologist in this

regards)Commissioner of geology

& mining, Indian Bureau of mines,

GPCB, current lease renewed

status from Industries and Mine

department. Government of

Gujarat with opinion of the district

geologist regarding compliance of

all the conditions in lease deed and

copy of renewed lease etc. to be

incorporated.

There is no other mining lease present within the proposed

lease area.

3.

Approved mining plan including

progressive mine closure plan shall

be provided with EIA report.

Letter of approval of IBM shall

also be incorporated with

compliance of all the

recommendations mentioned in

approved mining plan.

Approved Mining plan including mine closure plan has been

attached as Annexure-5.

4. Specific Terms of Reference for the project on assessment of ecological damage, remediation





S.

No

.


plan and natural and community resources augmentation plan for the proposals under

violation of EIA Notification 2006.

1.

Ecological damage shall be

assessed with respect to air, water,

land and other project & location

specific environment attributes.

The collection and analysis of data

shall be done by an environment

laboratory duly notified under

Environment (Protection) Act,

1986 or an environment laboratory

accredited by NABL, or a

laboratory of a council of

Scientific and Industrial Research

(CSIR) institution working in the

field of environment.

Ecological damage assessment report with respect to air,

water, land and other environmental attributes has been

enclosed as Annexure-9.

2.

The Environment Management

Plan shall be prepared which shall

comprise of the remediation plan

and community & natural resource

augmentation plan corresponding

to the ecological damage assessed

and economic benefits derived due

to violation. The remediation plan

and the natural & community

resource augmentation plan

prepared shall be included as

independent chapter in the EIA

report.

Environment Management Plan has been detailed in Chapter-

10 of Draft EIA/EMP report.

3.

The project proponent shall submit

bank guarantee to Gujarat

Pollution Control Board prior to

grant of environmental clearance

equivalent to the amount of

remediation plan and natural &

community augmentation plans as

per the amount assessed in below

mentioned table as per the

indicative guideline. Po equivalent

to the CER amount as per the

MoEF&CC‟s office Memorandum

No. F No 22-65/2017-IA-III dated

01/05/2018, whichever is higher.

The amount shall be recommended

by the SEAC and finalized by the

regulatory authority. The bank

The project proponent is in process for submit bank guarantee

to Gujarat Pollution Control Board prior to grant of

environmental clearance equivalent to the amount of

remediation plan and natural & community augmentation

plans as per the amount assessed in below mentioned table as

per the indicative guideline. equivalent to the CER amount as

per the MoEF&CC‟s office Memorandum No. F No 22-

65/2017-IA-III dated 01/05/2018 and will be comply during

final appraisal of EC.





S.

No

.


guarantee shall be released after

successful implementation of the

remediation plan and Naturals and

Community Resource

Augmentation Plan, and after

recommendation by regional office

of the Ministry followed by

recommendation of the SEAC and

approval of the regulatory

authority.

4.

Gujarat Pollution Control Board

shall initiate credible legal action

against the project proponent under

the provisions of Environment

(Protection) Act, 1986 and further

no consent to operate to be issued

till the project is granted

Environment Clearance.

Will be followed

5.

A notarized undertaking stating

that (1). Any such violation shall

not be repeated in future. (2) All

the statutory requirement shall be

fully compiled with and (3). A

status quo shall be maintained at

the projects site and remaining

activity shall be carried out only

after obtaining Environmental

Clearance from SEIAA.

A notarized undertaking stating that (1). Any such violation

shall not be repeated in future. (2) All the statutory

requirement shall be fully compiled with and (3). A status quo

shall be maintained at the projects site and remaining activity

will be carried out only after obtaining Environmental

Clearance from SEIAA has been enclosed as Annexure-10.

6.

Applicable of CRZ Notification,

2011 shall be verified for the

project and if found applicable,

due procedure shall be followed as

per the CRZ Notification 2011.

Not applicable

5. Project Specific Conditions

1.

The project proponent shall give

an undertaking by way of affidavit

to comply with all the statutory

requirement and judgment of

Hon‟ble Supreme Court dated 2nd

August 2017 in Writ Petition

(Civil) No. 114 of 2014 in the

matter of common cause versus

Union of India and others before

grant of TOR/EC . The

undertaking inter alia include

commitment of PP not repeat any

Project Proponent will complies all the statutory requirement

and judgment of Hon'ble Supreme Court dated the 2nd

August 2017 in Writ Petition (Civil) No. 114 of 2014 in the

matter of Common Cause versus Union of India. Same has

been enclosed as Annexure-10.





S.

No

.


violation in future.

2.

In case of violation of above

undertaking, the TOR/EC shall be

liable to be terminated forthwith.

Will be followed.

3.

The Environmental Clearance will

not be operational till such time the

project proponent complies with

all the statutory requirement and

judgment of Hon‟ble Supreme

Court dated 2nd

August 2017 in

Wrt Petition (Civil) No. 114 of

2014 in the matter of Common

Causes versus Union of India and

others.

Will be followed.

4.

State government concerned shall

ensure that mining operation shall

not commence till entire

compensation levies, if any, for

illegal mining paid by the Project

proponent through their respective

department of mining and Geology

in strict compliance of judgment of

Hon‟ble Supreme Court dated 2nd

August 2017 in Wrt Petition (Civil

No. 114 of 2014 in the matter of

Common Cause versus Union of

India and others.)

Will be followed.


EIA/EMP REPORT FOR LIMESTONE MINE AT AJOTHA VILLAGE, TALUKA:

VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT TABLE OF CONTETS

OVERSEAS MIN TECH CONSULTANTS | OCTOBER2018 24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND ........................................ 40

1.1 ABOUT THE PROJECT PROPONENT ................................................. 40

1.2 ABOUT MINE ...................................................................... 40

1.3 LOCATION OF PROJECT ............................................................ 42

Approach to Site .............................................................. 48 1.3.1

1.4 ABOUT EIA REPORT ............................................................... 48

Regulatory Framework ....................................................... 48 1.4.1

Project Chronology till Date ................................................. 50 1.4.2

1.5 STATUTORY PERMISSIONS AND CLEARANCE RECEIVED .......................... 50

1.6 SCOPING BEFORE TOR ............................................................. 50

1.7 SCOPE OF WORK ................................................................... 51

1.8 IMPORTANCE TO COUNTRY AND REGION .......................................... 52

Importance to Country ........................................................ 52 1.8.1

Importance to Region ......................................................... 52 1.8.2

1.9 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT ............................................ 52

1.10 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED ...................................................... 54

1.11 INSTRUMENT USED .............................................................. 54

1.12 DATA COLLECTED ............................................................... 54

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ......................................................... 55

2.1 GENERAL .......................................................................... 55

2.2 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT ......................................................... 55

2.3 GEOLOGY .......................................................................... 58

2.4 REGIONAL GEOLOGY .............................................................. 58

Local Geology ................................................................ 59 2.4.1

Exploration Proposed ........................................................ 59 2.4.2

Number of pits and trenches indicating dimensions, spacing etc. along and 2.4.3

across the strike/ foliation with reference to geological plan. ....................... 60

2.5 RAW MATERIAL REQUIRED ALONG WITH ESTIMATED QUANTITY, LIKELY SOURCE,

MARKETING AND OF FINAL PRODUCTS, MODE OF TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIAL

AND FINISHED PRODUCTS. ................................................................ 61

2.6 CATEGORY WISE (PROVED, PROBABLE & POSSIBLE) RESERVES ESTIMATED ...... 61

2.7 ESTIMATED MINERAL RESERVE/RESOURCES ....................................... 61

2.8 METHOD OF ESTIMATION OF RESERVES ............................................ 63

2.9 LIFE OF MINE ...................................................................... 64





2.10 MINERAL BENEFICIATION ....................................................... 64

2.11 RESOURCES OPTIMIZATION / RECYCLING AND REUSE ENVISAGED IN THE PROJECT

64

2.12 PROJECT DESCRIPTION WITH PROCESS DETAILS AND INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

65

Present and Proposed Method of Mining .................................. 65 2.12.1

Proposed Year wise development for two Years ........................... 66 2.12.2

Open Cast Mining/ Bench Parameters ..................................... 67 2.12.3

2.13 SPECIFICATION OF MACHINERY PROPOSED ..................................... 68

2.14 SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL (TOP SOIL/OB) ....................................... 68

2.15 WATER REQUIREMENT AND WASTEWATER GENERATION ...................... 69

Wastewater Generation..................................................... 70 2.15.1

2.16 POWER REQUIREMENT .......................................................... 70

2.17 EMPLOYMENT DETAILS ......................................................... 70

2.18 SITE SERVICES ................................................................... 71

2.19 SURFACE DRAINAGE PATTERN .................................................. 71

2.20 PLANNING BRIEF ................................................................ 72

Transportation .............................................................. 72 2.20.1

2.20.1.1 Traffic Density Survey .................................................... 72

2.20.1.2 Methodology of Vehicle Count ........................................... 72

Post project Increase in Traffic Density ................................... 73 2.20.2

Carrying Capacity of the Roads ............................................ 74 2.20.3

2.21 GROUNDWATER ................................................................. 77

2.22 ASSESSMENT OF INFRASTRUCTURE DEMAND (PHYSICAL & SOCIAL) ........... 77

2.23 PROPOSED INFRASTRUCTURE .................................................... 78

2.24 REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT (R&R) PLAN (POLICY TO BE ADOPTED

(CENTRAL / STATE) IN RESPECT OF THE PROJECT AFFECTED PERSONS INCLUDING HOME

OUSTER‟S, LAND OUSTER‟S AND LESS LABOURERS, A BRIEF OUTLINE TO BE GIVEN) .... 79

2.25 PROJECT COST ................................................................... 79

2.26 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE ......................................... 79

2.27 IMPACT EVALUATION ........................................................... 79

3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT ............................................ 80

3.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................... 80

3.2 STUDY AREA ...................................................................... 80

3.3 STUDY PERIOD ..................................................................... 81

3.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT .............................................................. 81

Objective of the Study ......................................................... 81 3.4.1





Land Use Pattern of Mining Lease (Core Area) ............................. 81 3.4.2

Methodology .................................................................. 82 3.4.3

3.5 TOPOGRAPHY AND DRAINAGE ..................................................... 85

Topography of the Study Area ................................................ 85 3.5.1

Drainage of Study Area ....................................................... 85 3.5.2

3.6 SEISMICITY OF THE STUDY AREA .................................................. 87

3.7 SOIL ANALYSIS .................................................................... 88

Soil Profile of District Gir Somnath .......................................... 88 3.7.1

Soil profile of Study area ..................................................... 88 3.7.2

Objectives ..................................................................... 88 3.7.3

Soil Sampling Locations ...................................................... 89 3.7.4

Soil Analysis Results .......................................................... 91 3.7.5

Interpretation and Conclusion of Analysis results ........................... 93 3.7.6

Suggested Action Plan ........................................................ 94 3.7.7

3.8 METEOROLOGY .................................................................... 94

Long Term Meteorology of Veraval District – Secondary Data (1971 – 2000)3.8.1

94

Site Specific Meteorology – Primary Data ................................... 95 3.8.2

Ambient Air Quality .......................................................... 98 3.8.3

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location ................................... 98 3.8.4

Parameters Monitored and Methodology ................................... 102 3.8.5

Result of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring .................................. 102 3.8.6

3.9 AMBIENT NOISE .................................................................. 104

Methodology of Ambient Noise Monitoring ................................. 104 3.9.1

Noise Monitoring Locations ................................................. 104 3.9.2

Results of Ambient Noise Monitoring ....................................... 108 3.9.3

3.10 HYDROLOGY AND PHYSIOGRAPHY OF THE STUDY AREA ...................... 109

Hydrology .................................................................. 109 3.10.1

Physiography .............................................................. 109 3.10.2

Relief ....................................................................... 109 3.10.3

3.11 WATER ENVIRONMENT ......................................................... 112

Occurrence of Ground Water ............................................. 112 3.11.1

Groundwater Resources – Secondary Data ............................... 112 3.11.2

Groundwater Scenario .................................................... 113 3.11.3

3.12 GROUND WATER POTENTIAL AND WATER BALANCE IN THE STUDY AREA ...... 114

Methodology of Surface and Groundwater Monitoring .................. 115 3.12.1

Groundwater Monitoring Locations ...................................... 115 3.12.2

Groundwater Analysis Results ............................................ 119 3.12.4





3.13 SURFACE WATER ............................................................... 122

Surface Water Monitoring Location ...................................... 122 3.13.1

Surface Water Monitoring Results ........................................ 123 3.13.2

3.14 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT.................................................... 124

Objective of the study ...................................................... 124 3.14.1

Threats to Biodiversity .................................................... 125 3.14.2

Conservation of Biodiversity .............................................. 125 3.14.3

Project Affected area (Mine Lease Area) ................................. 126 3.14.4

Methodology for Flora Survey ............................................ 126 3.14.5

Flora ....................................................................... 126 3.14.6

Flora in Study Area ........................................................ 126 3.14.7

Faunal Diversity ........................................................... 129 3.14.8

Methodology for Faunal Study ............................................ 130 3.14.9

Status of Fauna ............................................................ 130 3.14.10

3.15 AGRICULTURE ACTIVITY ....................................................... 133

Status of Agricultural Activity ............................................. 134 3.15.1

3.16 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT OF THE STUDY AREA ....................... 135

Objective of Socio Economic Study ....................................... 135 3.16.1

Scope of Study ............................................................. 135 3.16.2

Methodology ............................................................... 136 3.16.3

Background of Study Area ................................................. 137 3.16.4

Demography of the Study Area ............................................ 137 3.16.5

Working and Non-Working Population ................................... 138 3.16.6

Occupational Structure .................................................... 139 3.16.7

Educational Status ......................................................... 140 3.16.8

Infrastructure Facilities in the Study Area ................................ 140 3.16.9

Drinking Water Facility ................................................... 141 3.16.10

3.17 PRIMARY SOCIO ECONOMIC SURVEY........................................... 141

Sampling Method .......................................................... 141 3.17.1

Awareness and Opinion ................................................... 143 3.17.2

Conclusion ................................................................. 147 3.17.3

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

MEASURES ............................................................................ 148

4.1 IMPACT ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY ........................................... 148

Key Definitions............................................................... 148 4.1.1

Identification of Impacts ..................................................... 149 4.1.2

4.2 LAND ENVIRONMENT ............................................................. 149





Land Acquisition leading to change in Landuse/ Landcover ............... 149 4.2.1

Site Clearance ............................................................... 150 4.2.2

Reclamation .................................................................. 151 4.2.3

Mitigation Measures ......................................................... 151 4.2.4

4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT ............................................................... 152

Fugitive Dust Generation during Reclamation ............................. 161 4.3.1


4.4 NOISE AND VIBRATION ........................................................... 162

Noise from Machinery and Equipment during Mining ...................... 162 4.4.1

Noise from Vehicular Traffic ................................................ 162 4.4.2

Assessment of Noise Level Using Model .................................... 162 4.4.3


Ground Vibration ............................................................ 164 4.4.5

Measures to Minimize Vibrations due to blasting and check noise pollution4.4.6

165

4.5 SURFACE WATER ................................................................. 165

Surface Water Flow .......................................................... 165 4.5.1

Water Quality ................................................................ 166 4.5.2

Mitigation Measure .......................................................... 166 4.5.3

4.6 GROUNDWATER................................................................... 167


4.7 SOIL ............................................................................... 168

Loss of Top Soil during Mining .............................................. 169 4.7.1


4.8 TOPOGRAPHY, HYDROLOGY, AND DRAINAGE .................................... 170


4.9 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY .................................................... 171

Ecological Component Likely to be impacted ............................... 171 4.9.1

Mitigation Measures for Flora .............................................. 171 4.9.2

4.10 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT .............................................. 172

SOCIO ECONOMIC IMPACT ............................................ 172 4.10.1

Measure to Improve Socio Economic Status .............................. 173 4.10.2

REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT (R&R) ACTION PLAN ........ 174 4.10.3

4.11 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ......................................... 174

Occupational Risk and Mitigation Measures ............................. 175 4.11.1

Occupational Risk and Arrangement Proposed........................... 179 4.11.2

4.12 SUMMARY OF OVERALL IMPACTS .............................................. 180





5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ............................................... 181

5.1 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATE SITE................................................... 181

5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATE TECHNOLOGY ........................................ 181

Open- Cast Mining ........................................................... 181 5.2.1

Underground Mining ........................................................ 181 5.2.2

Selection of Mining Technology ............................................. 182 5.2.3

5.3 PROCESS FLOW SHEET, INFRASTRUCTURES POSSIBILITIES AND SELECTION ...... 182

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ............................ 184

6.1 MONITORING SCHEDULE AND PARAMETERS ..................................... 184

6.2 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH CHECK UP ............................................. 188

Medical Examination ........................................................ 188 6.2.1

Schedule of Health Check Up ............................................... 188 6.2.2

6.3 DATA ANALYSIS AND REPORTING SCHEDULE .................................... 188

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ......................................................... 189

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION .......................................................... 189

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT ................................................................ 189

7.3 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT ............................... 189

Objective ..................................................................... 189 7.3.1

Definition .................................................................... 190 7.3.2

Identifying the Hazard ....................................................... 190 7.3.3

7.4 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................... 190

7.5 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................................. 191

Dealing with Emergency Situation .......................................... 191 7.5.1

Anticipated Disaster and Corrective Actions ............................... 192 7.5.2

Disaster Prevention Measure ................................................ 194 7.5.3

7.6 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT ACTION

PLAN 194

8 PROJECT BENEFITS ............................................................ 195

8.1 SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ......................................... 195

8.2 PROPOSED ACTION PLAN FOR CSR ............................................... 196

8.3 AMENITIES/FACILITIES ...................................................... 198

8.4 ASSESSMENT OF ECOLOGICAL DAMAGE ................................ 198

8.5 CONCLUSION...................................................................... 200

9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ........................... 201





10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................... 203

10.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANS ....................................... 203

Introduction ................................................................ 203 10.1.1

Environment Management Cell ........................................... 220 10.1.2

10.2 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT .................................................... 221

PLANTATION PROGRAMME ............................................ 222 10.2.1

10.3 BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES ................... 223

11 JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION, SUMMARY

AND CONCLUSIONS ................................................................. 225

11.1 JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION ............................. 225

11.2 TECHNICAL DETAILS OF THE PROJECT .......................................... 225

11.3 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION ....................................................... 227

11.4 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................... 228

11.5 PROJECT BENEFITS ............................................................. 235

11.6 COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ...................................................... 235

11.7 HEALTH SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE) MANAGEMENT..................... 236

11.8 COST OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) ......................... 236

11.9 CSR ACTIVITIES PROPOSED WITH BUDGETARY PROVISION .................... 236

11.10 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY OF PROPONENT ................................... 237

11.11 CONCLUSION ................................................................. 238

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS .......................................... 239



VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS


LIST OF TABLES

Table 1-1: Details about the client .................................................................................... 40

Table 1-2: Details of Production since Inception of the Mines ........................................ 41

Table 1-3: Environment Sensitivity Details ...................................................................... 42

Table 1-4: Permission and Clearance Received................................................................ 50

Table 2-1: Details of the Mining Lease ............................................................................ 56

Table 2-2: Existing Land use Pattern of Mining Lease Area ............................................ 56

Table 2-3: Regional Geology of the area ......................................................................... 58

Table 2-4: Local Geology of the area ............................................................................... 59

Table 2-5: Exploration Proposed ..................................................................................... 59

Table 2-6: Pit Detail ......................................................................................................... 60

Table 2-7: The year wise production of Limestone .......................................................... 61

Table 2-8: Estimated mineral reserve/resources as on 10.12.2013 ................................. 61

Table 2-9: Re-estimated reserve & resources are as on 1.4.2018 .................................... 62

Table 2-10: Mineral Reserve /Resources as per Geological axis of UNFC ..................... 62

Table 2-11: Mineral resource & Associated waste Calculation ...................................... 63

Table 2-12: The mineral reserves are computed as per UNFC........................................ 64

Table 2-13: Year wise Production of Mineral and Waste ................................................. 67

Table 2-14: List of Machinery Proposed to be used ......................................................... 68

Table 2-1516: Break –UP of Water Requirement............................................................. 69

Table 2-17: Manpower Requirement ................................................................................ 71

Table 2-18: Details of Production & Dispatches ............................................................. 72

Table 2-19: Survey point for study of traffic on SH-6 (Somnath-Una highway) .............. 73

Table 2-2021: Existing Passenger Car Unit (PCU) on SH-6 (Somnath-una highway), ... 73

Table 2-22: Proposed Passenger Car Unit on Kaccha Road (Mine site to SH-6)............. 73

Table 2-23: Carrying Capacity of Roads .......................................................................... 74

Table 3-1: Land use pattern of the Study Area ................................................................. 82

Table 3-2: Topographical Elevation of the Core Zone and Buffer Zone .......................... 85





Table 3-3: Regional distribution of earthquakes located in Gujarat during 2016............. 88

Table 3-4: Soil Sampling Location ................................................................................... 89

Table 3-5: Physico-chemical characteristics of soils ........................................................ 91

Table 3-6: Standard Soil Classification ............................................................................ 93

Table 3-7: Predominant Wind Direction as per IMD Veraval .......................................... 94

Table 3-8: Mean Meteorological Data for Post Monsoon Season of 2018....................... 96

Table 3-9: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations .................................................... 98

Table 3-10: Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring................................................... 102

Table 3-11: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results .................................................... 102

Table 3-12: Noise Monitoring Locations ........................................................................ 105

Table 3-13: Ambient Noise Monitoring Results ............................................................. 108

Table 3-14: Physiologically, the district can be divided into three distinct units ........... 110

Table 3-15: Ground Water Resources As on 2011 (in mcm) ......................................... 112

Table 3-16: Ground Water Resources and Development ............................................... 113

Water samples were collected once during the study period as grab samples at identified

locations. The analysis methodology for water samples is given in Table 3-17. ........... 115

Table 3-18: Groundwater Sampling Locations ............................................................... 117

Table 3-19: Groundwater Analysis Results .................................................................... 119

Table 3-20: Surface Water Monitoring Locations .......................................................... 122

Table 3-21: Surface Water Monitoring Results .............................................................. 123

Table 3-22: Flora Recorded in Study area ...................................................................... 126

Table 3-23: Survey and monitoring techniques for different types of animals .............. 130

Table 3-24: Fauna Recorded in Study area ..................................................................... 131

Table 3-25: List of Birds ................................................................................................. 131

Table 3-26: List of Butterflies ......................................................................................... 132

Table 3-27: Major Field crops cultivated in study area .................................................. 133

Table 3-28: Major Field crops cultivated in district ....................................................... 134

Table 3-29: Demography of the Study Area ................................................................... 137





Table 3-30: Working and Non-Working Population of Study Area ............................... 138

Table 3-31: Occupational Structure in Study Area ......................................................... 139

Table 3-32: Educational Status of Study Area ................................................................ 140

Table 3-33: Drinking Water Facilities in the Study Area ............................................... 141

Table 3-34: Primary Data Collection within 5 km of the mine site ................................ 145

Table 4-1: Land Use pattern at the end of life of mine ................................................... 151

Table 4-3: Predicted GLC of PM10 at Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations ........ 155

Table 4-5: Noise Generating Machinery at Mining Lease.............................................. 163

Table 4-6: Noise Level at Receptor during Mining Activities ....................................... 163

Table 4-7: The diseases may cause with Dolomite mining operations ........................... 175

Table 4-8: Chemical Composition of Limestone, Impact on Health of Mine Worker and

Mitigation Measure ......................................................................................................... 177

Table 4-9: Impact on Health of Mine Worker and Mitigation Measure ......................... 179

Table 4-10: Occupational Risk and Arrangement Proposed........................................... 179

Table 5-1: Process Flow Sheet, Infrastructure ................................................................ 182

Table 6-1: Post project Environmental Monitoring Plan ................................................ 185

Table 8-1: Proposed Action Plan for CSR ...................................................................... 196

Table 8-2: Corporate Environmental Responsibilities (CER) Activities proposed with

budgetary provision (10% of mineral value) .................................................................. 197

Table 8-3: Budgetary Provision for Mine Workers ........................................................ 198

Table 10-1: Environment Management Plan .................................................................. 204

Table 10-2: Greenbelt developments Programme within M.L. area .............................. 222

Table 10-3: Greenbelt developments Programme outside the M.L area ........................ 223

Table 10-4: Budget for Environmental Management ..................................................... 223

Table 11-1: Salient Feature of Project ............................................................................ 225

Table 12-1: List of EIA Coordinator .............................................................................. 240

Table 12-2:Expertise of concern functional area ........................................................... 240

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1-1: Location Map ................................................................................................. 44





Figure 1-2: Google Imagery of the Mining Lease ............................................................ 45

Figure 1-3: Environment Sensitive Map ........................................................................... 46

Figure 1-4: Google Image showing distance of Gir Somnath national park from ML area

........................................................................................................................................... 47

Figure 2-1: Plan showing the entire surface features ........................................................ 57

Figure 2-2: Process flow chart of mining Method............................................................ 68

Figure 2-3: Water Balance Diagram ................................................................................. 69

Figure 2-4: Google image of Road Map for mineral transport ......................................... 75

Figure 2-5: Key plan of Road Transportation of Limestone through mine site ............... 76

Figure 2-7: Schematic Diagram of Mine Working ........................................................... 77

Figure 3-1: Land Use/ Land cover map of the Study Area ............................................... 83

Figure 3-2: Satellite map of the Study Area ..................................................................... 84

Figure 3-3: Drainage map of the Study Area .................................................................... 86

Figure 3-4: Earthquake Zone Map of Gujarat................................................................... 87

Figure 3-5: Key plan showing the Locations of Soil Sampling ........................................ 90

Figure 3-7: Wind rose diagram ........................................................................................ 97

The monitoring locations are given in Table 3-9, and also shown in Figure 3-8. ............ 98

Figure 3-9: Key plan showing the Locations of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring ........ 101

Figure 3-11: Key plan showing the Locations Noise Monitoring .................................. 107

Figure 3-12: Physiography map of the study area .......................................................... 111

Figure 3-13: Hydrology of Junagadh (Gir Somnath) District (Pre-Monsoon & Post-

Monsoon) ........................................................................................................................ 114

Figure 3-14: Key plan showing the Locations of Surface and Groundwater Monitoring

......................................................................................................................................... 116

Figure 3-15: Demography of the Study Area ................................................................. 138

Figure 3-16: Working and Non-Working Population of the Study Area ........................ 138

Figure 3-17: Occupational Structure of the Study Area ................................................. 139

Figure 3-18: Educational Status of the Study Area ........................................................ 140

Figure 4-1: Spatial distribution of PM10 GLC due to transportation ............................. 156





Figure 10-1: Environment Management Cell ................................................................. 220

LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS

Photograph 3-1: Soil Monitoring at various locations..................................................... 89

Photograph 3-2: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location Photographs .................... 100

Photograph 3-3: Ambient Noise Monitoring Location Photographs ............................. 106

Photograph 3-4: Groundwater Monitoring Location Photographs ............................... 118

Photograph 3-5: Surface water Monitoring Location Photographs .............................. 123

Photograph 3-6: Photographs of Flora of Study area .................................................... 129

Photograph 3-7: Photographs of Aquatic fauna of Study area ...................................... 132

Photograph 3-8: Photographs of Agricultural activity in Study area ............................ 134



VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT ABBREVIATIONS


ABBREVIATIONS

AAQ : Ambient Air Quality

AAQM : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

AAQS : Ambient Air Quality Standards

AIS & LUS : All India Soil and Land Use Survey

AMSL : Above Mean Sea Level

ANFO : Ammonium Nitrate - Fuel Oil

APHA : American Public Health Association

BHs : Bore Holes

BIS : Bureau of Indian Standards

BGL : Below Ground Level

CC : Calcium Carbonate

CFM : Cubic Feet per Minute

CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board

CCR : Central Control Room

CER : Corporate Environmental Responsibility

CSR : Corporate Social Responsibility

DFO : District Forest Officer

DGMS : Directorate General of Mines Safety

DMP : Disaster Management Plan

DMG : Department of Mines and Geology

DTH : Down the Hole

E : East

SEAC : State Level Expert Appraisal Committee

SEIAA : State Environment Impact Assessment Authority

EC : Environmental Clearance

ECO : Emergency Coordinating Officer

EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment

EMC : Environment Management Cell

EMP : Environmental Management Plan

EMP : Environmental Monitoring Programme

ESE : East of South East

ENE : East of North East

EPA : Environmental Protection Act

ETP : Effluent Treatment Plant

ERDAS : Earth Resources Data Analysis System

EPO : Emergency planning officer

FPS : Fine Particulate Sampler





FCC : False Color Composite

Govt. : Government

GCP : Ground Control Points

GLC : Ground Level Concentration

GOI : Government of India

GPS : Global Positioning System

GSI : Geological Survey of India

GWEC : Ground Water Estimation Committee

Ha : Hectare

HIV : Human Immunodeficiency Virus

HEME : Heavy Earth Moving Equipment

HP : Horse Power

HOD : Head of Department

HSD : High Speed Diesel

IBM : Indian Bureau of Mines

IMD : India Meteorological Department

IS : Indian Standards

ISO : International Organization of Standardization

IUCN : International Union for Conservation of Nature

KLD : Kilo Liter Per Day

LOI : Letter of Intent

LUS : Land Use Study

LU/LC : Land Use / Land Cover

mRL : Meter Reduced Level

MC : Magnesium Carbonate

MHHS : Multi House Hold Survey

ML : Mining Lease

MoEF&CC : Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate Change

MSK : Medvedev-Sponheur-Karnik Scale

MSL : Mean Sea Level

MT : Million Tonnes

MTPA : Million Tonnes Per Annum

N : North

NAAQS : National Ambient Air Quality Standards

NABET : National Accreditation Board for Education & Training

NABL : National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories

NDIR : Non-Depressive Infrared Spectroscopy

NE : North East

NH : National Highway





NNE : North of North East

NGO : Non-Governmental Organization

NNW : North of North West

NRBPT : National Registration Board for Personnel & Training

NRSA : National Remote Sensing Agency

NRSC : National Remote Sensing Centre

NW : North West

OB : Over Burden

OBC : Other Backward Classes

OHS : Occupational Health and Safety

OSHA : Occupational Safety and Health Administration

PFR : Pre-Feasibility Report

pH : Potential of Hydrogen

PHCS : Public Health Centers

PM : Particulate Matter

PPE : Personal Protective Equipment

PPV : Peak Particle Velocity

QCI : Quality Council of India

RSPM : Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter

SC : Scheduled Caste

SE : South East

SHE : Safety, Health & Environment

SI : Sustainability initiatives

SIA : Social Impact Assessment

SOI : Survey of India

SPCB : State Pollution Control Board

SPM : Suspended Particulate Matter

SSW : South of South West

ST : Scheduled Tribe

SW : South West

TC : Total Carbonate

TDS : Total Dissolved Solids

TNT : Tri Nitro Toluene

ToR : Terms of Reference

TPD : Tonnes Per Day

TRC : Technical Research Cell

TW : Tube Well

UNFC : United Nations Framework Classification

UPA : Urban Planet Atlas





USDA : United States Department of Agriculture

USEPA : United States Environmental Protection Agency

VT : Vocational Training

RF : Reserved Forest

PF : Protected Forest

W : West

WNW : West of North West

WSW : West of South West

µg/m3 : Micro gram per meter cube

µm : Micro Meter

cu. M : Cubic meter

dB : Decibel

gm/sec : Gram per second

gm/cc : Gram per cubic meter

hr/day : Hour per day

Kg : Kilogram

Kg/hr : Kilogram per hour

Kg/ha : Kilogram per hectare

Km : Kilometer

M : Meter

mg/l : Milligram per Liter

Mm : Millimeter

Sq.km : Square Kilometer

t/hr : Tonnes per hour



TALUKA: VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND


1 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND

1.1 About The Project Proponent

The Project Proponent Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod has vast experience in mining

and mineral trading. This is an operating mine since 2000. There are so many other

mining leases sanctioned in favour of Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod in whole of

India.

The details about the client are given in Table 1-1.

Table 1-1: Details about the client

S.

No.

Details

1. Name of Applicant Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod

2. Corporate Address Harijan Vas, Post-Ajotha, Taluka-Veraval, Dist -

Gir-Somnath (Guj)-362268

3.

Name Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod

Designation Owner

Address Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod

Village: Ajotha, Taluka: Veraval, District:

Junagadh (Odisha)

Pin Code 833201

E-mail [email protected]

Telephone No. 9429198488

1.2 About Mine

The Limestone Project of Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod is situated in village

Ajotha, Taluka: Veraval, District – Gir Somnath (Gujarat) over an area of 2.0 ha in

Survey No. 389.

Mining lease was granted in favor of Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod vide order no.

MCR-1578-(R-4)-3/427-CHH issued on 24.04.1979 by govt. of Gujarat for a period of

20 years. Lease deed is enclosed as Annexure-1.

Lease applied for renewal on 28.09.1998 and the renewal is under process. The first

renewal shall be from 08.10.1999 to 07.10.2019. The mining operations were

commenced from 05.12.1979. Lease renewal form is enclosed as Annexure-2.

As per section 8(A) of new MMDR Amendment Act -2015 the lease is liable for lease

period extension up to Dated 7/10/2029. Letter for the same has been enclosed as

Annexure-3.

The mining plan under Rule 11 of MCDR 1988 was approved vide letter number

682(23)(290)/91MCCM(N)UDP dated 10.05.1993 from Office of Regional Controller

of Mines, Indian Bureau of Mines, Udaipur (Rajasthan).

The Mining plan was approved under Rule 24A of MCR‟1960 for renewal of mining

lease from the office of Regional Controller of Mines Indian Bureau of Mines vide






letter number 682(23)(617)/2008-MCCM(N)Udai dated 19.02.2009.The five year

planning period was effective from 2008-09 to 2012-13.

The Scheme of Mining plan with mine closure plan was approved under Rule 12 (3) &

23 (B) of Mineral Conservation and Development Rules 1988 from the office of

Regional Controller of Mines Indian Bureau of Mines vide letter number

682(23)(617)/2008-MCCM(N)Udai on Dated 09.12.2013.Approval letter for approved

Scheme of mining plan with mine closure plan has been enclosed as Annexure-4.

The Review of Mining Plan including Progressive Mine Closure plan has been

approved under Rule 17 (2) of MCR 2016 & 23 MCDR 2017 for working mining

lease from Regional Controller of Mines, IBM, Gandhinagar vide letter number 684

(4) (1)/MP-151/2018 on dated 02.07.2018. Approved Review of Mining Plan

including Progressive Mine Closure plan has been enclosed as Annexure-5.

The Project Proponent has produced 29645.24 Tonne of Limestone without

Environment Clearance. Therefore it is a violation case. The application was submitted

to the SEIAA Proposal No SIA/GJ/MIN/33988/2015 on dated 07.12.2015 and the

SEAC, Gujarat vide letter dated 12.04.2017 had recommended to the SEIAA, Gujarat

to delist the application for the above mentioned project based on its meeting held on

115th Meeting dated 16.04.2017 considering the violation of the EIA Notification ,

2006 and the provisions of the notification No. S. O. 804 (E) Dated 14/03/2017 and to

halt the project activates and maintain status –quo until grant of Environment

Clearance to the above project by the MOEF & CC & as per latest Notification No.

S.O. 1030(E) dated 08.03.2018 of MOEF & CC the cases of violation will be

appraised by the Expert Appraisal Committee at the Central level and for B category

the appraisal and approval thereof shall vest with the state or Union territory level

Expert Appraisal Committee and State or union territory Environmental Impact

Assessment Authorities in different states and Union territories constituted under sub‐

section (3) of section 3 of the Environment Protection Act 1986.Application for

Environmental clearance was submitted to SEIAA, Gujarat on 15th May 2018.

First technical presentation was made to SEAC, Gujarat on dated 6th June 2018.

It is proposed to excavate approximately 18,000 TPA Limestone by Opencast Semi-

Mechanized method. The lease area is 2.0 Ha and total mineable reserve is 88,127 MT

for limestone. The expected life of the mine will be 7.0 years.

Table 1-2: Details of Production since Inception of the Mines

Year Production

(in Tonne)

Dispatch

2000-01 22457.01 20352.895

2001-02 6384 6526.425

2002-03 1500 1250

2003-04 7218.145 8069.365

2004-05 7127.43 7212.74

2005-06 14134.08 14134.08

2006-07 22673.15 22673.15





2007-08 29522.21 29522.21

2008-09 14951.37 14951.37

2009-10 6672.37 6672.37

2010-11 10390.82 10390.82

2011-12 4569.92 4569.92

2012-13 20168.44 18119.44

2013-14 11220.53 11220.53

2014-15 31939.06 31939.06

2015-16 9958.41 9958.41

2016-17 632 727

221518.945 218289.785

1.3 Location of Project

The Ajotha Limestone mine Deposit mine area is non-forest government land of,

village Ajotha, Tehsil -Somnath, District Gir Somnath, and State Gujarat over an area

of 2.00 ha. The project site falls in Survey of India Topo sheet No 41L/5, 41L/9.

Location map of the proposed area is given as Figure 1-1 and Google imagery

presented as Figure 1-2.

Table 1-3: Environment Sensitivity Details

S.

No.

Particulars Details

A. Nature of the Project Limestone Mine Project

B. Size of the Project

1. Mine area 2.00 Ha.

2. Production Capacity 18,000 MTPA

C Location Details

1. Village Ajodha

2. Tehsil Veraval

3. District Gir Somnath

4. State Gujarat

6. Toposheet No. 41L/5, 41L/9

D Environmental Settings of the Area

1. Ecological Sensitive

Areas S. No. R.F. Distance Direction

1 Reserved Forest 8.42 km South

2 Reserved Forest 7.03 km NE

3 Reserved Forest 6.74 km NW

2. National Parks/

Wildlife Sanctuaries

There is no National parks/wildlife sanctuaries present

within core and buffer zone.

3. Biosphere Reserves/

Tiger Reserves/

Elephant Reserves

and any other

There is no Biosphere Reserves/ Tiger Reserves/

Elephant Reserves and any other reserves present

within core and buffer zone.





S.

No.

Particulars Details

reserves

4. Habitat for

migratory birds

There is no Habitat for migratory birds within core and

buffer zone.

5. Corridor for animals

of Schedule I and II

of the wildlife

(Protection Act

1972)

There is no Corridor for animals of Schedule I and II of

the wildlife (Protection Act 1972) within core and

buffer zone.

6. Archaeological Site

(notified, Other)

There is no Archaeological Site (notified, Other) within

core and buffer zone.

2. River / water body River/ water body Distance Direction

Sarswati River 1.40 km South Kapilla Nadi 4.20 km NE Hiran River 5.0 km NW

Defense Installation There is no Defense Installation within core and buffer

zone.

Industries / Thermal

Power Plant

There is no Industries / Thermal Power Plant within

core and buffer zone.

3. Nearest Town /

City/village Ajodha 1.58 km, SSW from mine site

4. Nearest Railway

Station Somnath Railway Station ~ 7.60 km in West Direction

from the mine site.

5. Nearest Airport Diu Airport ~ 50.20 km in South-East direction from

the mine site

6. State Boundary SH-6 is ~0.30 km in South direction from the mine site.

7. Seismic Zone Zone – III [as per IS 1893 (Part-I): 2002]

D Cost Details

1. Project Cost Rs. 30.0 Lakh/-

E Requirements of the Project

1. Water Requirement 3.83 KLD

2. Fuel requirement 100 LPD

3. Man Power

Requirement

32 ( Skilled and unskilled persons)

There is no Ecological Sensitive Area such as National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere

Reserves, & Mountains within 10 KM of the Mining lease. NOC from Forest Department has

been enclosed as Annexure-7.

The project does not involve under wild life protection act 1972, forest conservation act 1980

and CRZ notification 2011.

Proposed mining lease area is away from the Gir Somnath National park which is about 21.9

km in NNE direction from lease area.

SHRI ARJABHAI KHIMABHAI RATHOD DRAFT EIA REPORT EIA/EMP REPORT FOR LIMESTONE MINE AT AJOTHA VILLAGE, TALUKA: VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND


Figure 1-1: Location Map



Figure 1-2: Google Imagery of the Mining Lease



Figure 1-3: Environment Sensitive Map



Figure 1-4: Google Image showing distance of Gir Somnath national park from ML area





Project Site: Quarry Area

Project Site: Broken-Up Area

Project Site: Limestone Area

Project Site: Virgin Area

Photograph 1-1: Project site

Approach to Site 1.3.1

The mining lease area is situated at a distance of 10.0 km in west direction from Ajodha

town. The lease area is connected to National Highway NH-8D which is ~ 8.0 Km in

West direction from the mine site and SH-6 is 0.30 km in South direction. The area is

also connected by road to District headquarter Ajodha having an aerial distance of 10.0

Km in West direction from the mining lease area. The nearest railway station is Somnath

at a distance of 7.60 km in West direction from the mine site. Nearest Airport is Diu at a

distance of 50.20 km in SE direction from mine site.

1.4 About EIA Report

Regulatory Framework 1.4.1

As per EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006 & its subsequent amendments; the

proposed mining project falls under Activity (1a), namely Mining of Minerals. Such

activities are further divided into category “A” and “B”. Detail procedure for getting





Environment clearance for area <5 ha established vide notification dated 24.12.2014 and

15.01.2016. In absence of set procedure mining operation started in the year 1979 after

getting statutorily permission such as approval of Mining Plan from Indian Bureau of

Mines, Ministry of Mines, Udaipur and mining operation continued and finally falls

under Violation category.

Considering the violation of the EIA Notification, 2006 and the provisions of the

notification No. S. O. 804 (E) Dated 14/03/2017 and to halt the project activates and

maintain status –quo until grant of Environment Clearance to the above project by the

MOEF & CC & as per latest Notification No. S.O. 1030(E) dated 08.03.2018 of MOEF

& CC the cases of violation will be appraised by the Expert Appraisal Committee at the

Central level and for B category the appraisal and approval thereof shall vest with the

state or Union territory level Expert Appraisal Committee and State or union territory

Environmental Impact Assessment Authorities in different states and Union territories

constituted under sub-section (3) of section 3 of the Environment Protection Act 1986.

The proposed production of Limestone is 18000 MTPA. The proposal falls in projects

activity no 1 (a) of schedule of the EIA Notification, 2006 and as the lease area is less

than 100 ha. It falls under category B1 vide amendment EIA notification dated

14.08.2018.

Purpose of EIA Report

The sole purpose of Environmental Impact Assessment report is to assess impacts of

project on the physical, natural & social (socio-economic) environment including the

people. Probable effects of the activities both negative & positive are identified and

assessed for facilitating decision making.

EC is an statutory requirement for all the cases of violation which will be appraise by

state or Union territory level Expert Appraisal Committee for „B‟ category mining

projects for which EIA/EMP has to be prepared and submitted to SEAC for granting

environment clearance as per Environment Protection Act 1986 and as per latest

Notification No. S.O. 1030(E) dated 08.03.2018.

EIA is also necessary to develop the said mines for sustainable growth with respects to

Mineral exploitation, social status and conserving the environmental aspects of

surroundings.

The Consultant

The EIA study was undertaken by the consultant namely, M/s. Overseas Min-Tech

Consultants – Jaipur (OMTC). OMTC is a National Accreditation Board for Education

and Training (NABET) Accredited Consultant Organization (ACO) and is qualified to

prepare EIA reports for Project / Activity 1(a) (Mining of Minerals), a mandatory

requirement for agencies submitting such studies to regulators for the purpose of seeking

EC.





Project Chronology till Date 1.4.2

1. Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod submitted relevant documents, namely Form-1 (as

per the EIA Notification 2006, as amended till date) along with a Pre-feasibility

Report, Approved Mining plan and proposed Terms of References (ToR) for carrying

out environmental studies to the State Environment Impact Assessment Authority,

Gujarat, on 15th May 2018

2. A presentation to the SEAC, Gujarat, to finalize the ToR for the EIA study before

SEAC was held on 06.06.2018.

3. Project Proponent submitted reply on 23.08.2018 for the details sought by the

committee on 06.6.2018 and committee found it satisfactory. After deliberation, it was

unanimously decided to recommend for grant of ToR for Ajodha Limestone mine to

SEIAA as approved by SEIAA during its 97th meeting held on 24th August 2018 with

ToR file no. SIA/GJ/MIN/23285/2018.

4. OMTC carried out monitoring studies during the Winter Season (October, November

and December) and presented the findings in draft EIA report.

1.5 Statutory Permissions and Clearance Received

Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod is having an approved mining plan detailing the operation

and closure plan for lease area 2.0 ha. Details of permission and clearance received are

given in Table 1-4.

Table 1-4: Permission and Clearance Received

S. No. Permit and

Clearance

Regulatory

Authority

Letter No. Issue Date

1. Lease Deed

Execution date

Govt. of Gujarat MCR-1578-(R-

4)-3/427-CHH 24.04.1979

2.

Approved

Modified Mining

Plan

Regional Controller

of mines, Udaipur

682(23)617/2008

09.12.2013

3.

Review of

Mining Plan

including

Progressive Mine

Closure Plan

Regional Controller

of mines, Indian

Bureau of Mine,

Gandhinagar

684(4)(1)/MP-

151/2018

02.07.2018

1.6 Scoping before ToR

DPR for the project is prepared by the project authority through comprehensive survey

considering all the aspects related to the mining, including all environmental and natural

aspects. Reconnaissance was carried out prior to proceed for approved ToR. Standard ToR

was referred and major aspects / issues and impacts were identified considering site specific

attributes involved and ToR was proposed. Relevant project specific and site information‟s

were collected from DPR for the proposed ToR.





1.7 Scope of Work

The following scope of work is intended to be covered as a part of this study report, within

the overall framework of the prescribed ToR‟s:

1. Preparation and submission of EIA report incorporating baseline data with respect to

environmental components viz. air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economics

aspects, identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts, suggestion of EMP for

mitigation of adverse impacts including environmental monitoring, risk and disaster

management plan for getting Environmental Clearance from SEIAA, Gujarat.

2. Assessment of current level of pollution (air, water, noise & soil) in and around the

proposed mine under the existing conditions:

Monitoring of ambient air quality for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx around the study

area.

Monitoring of meteorological data (wind velocity, wind direction, air temperature,

humidity).

Monitoring and analysis of surface and ground water quality as per IS 10500:2012.

Monitoring of soil characteristics & impact on soil (pollutant deposition/other) in

long run.

Monitoring of Noise levels during 6.00 AM to 10.00 PM and night noise level

during 10.00 PM to 6.00 AM in and around the mining area covering commercial,

industrial, residential and sensitive areas.

3. Data Collection:

Collection of meteorological data from nearby IMD Station.

Collection of demographical data within the radius of 10 km from the project site

Collection of Geological & Hydro-geological Data.

4. Evaluation of existing Environmental status of water, air, flora, fauna, demography,

landuse pattern etc.

5. Collection of socio – economic profile of the project area and address in particular,

indigenous people, poverty alleviation, gender local population, agriculture, employment,

education & health.

6. Suggestions / recommendations for mitigation of adverse impacts comprising preventive /

control technologies, safeguards etc.

7. Preparation and submission of EIA report covering all the requirements of SEAC,

Gujarat.





1.8 Importance to Country and Region

Importance to Country 1.8.1

As is used as raw material in construction of building and infrastructure projects, the

demand of is increasing day by day. In past, demand was not too much but now a days due

to rapid industrialization and urbanization its demand increasing with peace of time. At

present, demand of is more than the supply.

Importance to Region 1.8.2

Cement is an essential ingredient for the modern building construction. The new

generation cement plant in India now employs the latest technology for better

efficiency, energy conservation and economics of large capacity production. The

improved market conditions witnessed recently, after a grip of recession over a

long period, are expected to continue due to high priority being given by the

Government to housing and infrastructure and also in view of the massive

investment proposed in industry and rural sectors. Therefore, there is an urgent

need to increase the cement production capacity in the country in spite of severe

resource constraints.

With respect to the importance of the project to the nation, it can be well said that

in a developing nation like India, cement make a backbone for infrastructural

development. Thus, keeping in mind this requirement, mining of limestone is

essential for the nation`s growth.

1.9 Generic Structure of EIA Report

This report follows the generic structure of Environment Impact Assessment document provided

in Appendix III of EIA Notification, 2006. The report comprises with necessary tables, drawings

and annexes. The chapter schemes for the preparation of EIA for the proposed project are as

follows:-

Chapter 1: Introduction

This chapter provided the background information of the project, brief description and objectives

of the project, description of the area, scope, methodology and organization of the study.

Chapter 2: Project Description

This chapter presented the background information on the existing and proposed project

activities, technology being adopted, sources of pollution and proposed control measures.

Chapter 3: Description of Environment





This chapter presented the methodology and findings of the field studies undertaken to establish

the baseline conditions.

Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

This chapter detailed the inferences drawn from the environmental impact assessment of the

project during development and operational phases. It described the overall impacts of the project

and underscored the areas of concerned which needed mitigation measures.

Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives

This chapter presented the technology alternatives considered for the proposed project.

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Programme

This chapter provided recommendations for Environmental Management Plan (EMP) including

mitigation measures for minimizing the negative environment impacts of the project.

Environmental monitoring required for effective implementation of mitigative measures during

operation of the project along with required institutional arrangements for their implementation.

Chapter 7: Additional Studies

This chapter will cover the details of public hearing proceedings (after public hearing) and also

covered the risks involved in the project. Disaster Management Plan, occupational health and

safety and summary of the other special studies as per ToR conditions.

Chapter 8: Project Benefits

This chapter presented the details of enterprise social commitment programmes that are being

undertaken in nearby villages.

Chapter 9: Cost Benefits Analysis

This chapter is related to the environmental benefits and cost related to the activities. The

economic benefits out of the project for the region and the country.

Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan

This chapter presented the details of institutional arrangements for environmental protection and

conservation. Organization structure for environment Management is also brought out in this

chapter.

Chapter 11: Justification of project implementation, summary and conclusion.

This chapter presented the certain justification for the project implementation, summary of the

project, baseline environmental status and mitigation measures suggested to mitigate the impacts.

Chapter 12: Disclosure of Consultants Engaged

This chapter incorporated the list of various experts engaged in preparation of this EIA report

along with brief introduction of the ACO.





1.10 Methodology Adopted

On the basis of quick assessment of the environmental conditions at the mine site and

nature of adjoining area, the lease area is considered as core zone, it was found that the

area lying within the 5 km radius from the periphery of mine lease boundary considered to

be the dominant zone where fugitive emission of the mining activity can have an impact on

physical and biological environments. Area between 5 km to 10 km radius from the

periphery of mine lease boundary considered as buffer zone, where only slight impact may

be observed occasionally.

1.11 Instrument Used

The following instruments were used at the site for environmental baseline data collection

work.

Respirable Dust Controller with attachment for gaseous Pollutants

Envirotech APM 860 BL

Thermometer

Sound Level Meter Model SL-4010

CO Meter Model ETCL/CO/012

1.12 Data Collected

Meteorological data collection instrument was set near to mine site. Expert field team (lab

team) stayed in this area during the study period. Micro Meteorological Data were

collected for 24 hours during summer season, without any interruption at one location. A

number of air, water and soil samples were collected and analyzed. Analyzed samples

include the following:-

Soil samples were collected and analyzed from seven locations

Ambient air quality was monitored at seven locations in different directions at different

distances based on meteorological conditions.

Noise levels measurement was carried out by sound level meter at seven locations

Groundwater samples were collected from seven locations and one surface water

sample was collected and analyzed.

In addition to above, the data on land use, vegetation, Flora and Fauna were also collected by

the field team by meeting with large number of local inhabitants in the study area and

different Government departments/ agencies.



TALUKA: VERAVAL, JUNAGADH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT PROJECT DESCRIPTION


2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 General

The limestone mining having mine leases area 2.0 ha. in Plot No. 389 lies between

Latitude : 20°53‟55.8”to 20°53‟55.8"N

Longitude: 70°28‟51.9” to 70°28‟53.2” E and marked on Survey of India Toposheet No.

41L/5, 41L/9.

Near Village Ajotha, Tehsil Veraval, District Gir Somnath (Gujarat). This is a project for

limestone mining with production capacity of 18000 TPA.

Limestone is a sedimentary rock composed mainly of calcium carbonate (CaCO3 ) in the

form of the mineral calcite. The two most important constituents are calcite and dolomite.

Limestone often contains magnesium carbonate, either as dolomite CaMg (CO3 ) 2 or

magnesite (MgCO3 ) mixed with calcite. Such rocks are termed as 'dolomitic' or

'magnesian' limestone.

Limestone produced in Gujarat is consumed mainly in cement and chemical industries and

also in textile, foundries and steel plants. The dolomitic limestone in Gujarat is used for

making slabs and tiles.

As Limestone used as raw material in construction of building and infrastructure projects,

the demand of is increasing day by day. In past, demand was not too much but now a days

due to rapid industrialization and urbanization its demand increasing with peace of time. At

present, demand of is more than the supply.

2.2 Description of Project

As per EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006 & subsequent amendments on 1

st

December 2009 and 4th

April 2011; the proposed mining project falls under Activity (1a),

namely Mining of Minerals. Such activities are further divided into category “A” and “B”.

The said project is for mining limestone in an area of 2.0 Ha.

Considering the violation of the EIA Notification , 2006 and the provisions of the

notification No. S. O. 804 (E) Dated 14/03/2017 and to halt the project activates and

maintain status –quo until grant of Environment Clearance to the above project by the

MOEF & CC & as per latest Notification No. S.O. 1030(E) dated 08.03.2018 of MOEF &

CC the cases of violation will be appraised by the Expert Appraisal Committee at the

Central level and for B category the appraisal and approval thereof shall vest with the state

or Union territory level Expert Appraisal Committee and State or union territory

Environmental Impact Assessment Authorities in different states and Union territories

constituted under sub-section (3) of section 3 of the Environment Protection Act 1986. This





limestone mining project are listed as category “B1” under the said notification as the total

lease area is less than 25 ha, and thus requiring prior environmental clearance from state or

Union territory level Expert Appraisal Committee, Gujarat in this case.

The details regarding the mining lease are given in Table 2-1.

Table 2-1: Details of the Mining Lease

S. No. Particulars Details

A. Nature of the Project Limestone Mine


1. Mine area 2.0 ha

2. Production Capacity 18,000 TPA

C Location Details

1. Village Ajodha

2. Taluka Veraval

3. District Gir Somnath

4. State Gujarat

5. Toposheet Numbers 41L/5, 41L/9

6. Latitude & Longitude Pillar Latitude Longitude

BP-1 20°53‟55.8” 70°28‟51.9”

BP-2 20°54‟01.4” 70°28‟51.6”

BP-3 20°54‟01.4” 70°28‟56.5”

BP-4 20°53‟57.1” 70°28‟55.9”

BP-5 20°53‟56.6” 70°28‟55.0”

BP-6 20°53‟55.8” 70°28‟53.2”

As per revenue records, the mining lease area is Govt. waste land falls in Plot No. 389.

Existing land use pattern is given in Table 2-2.

Table 2-2: Existing Land use Pattern of Mining Lease Area

S. No. Particulates Present Land - Use

1. Area under Mining 0.8320

2. Storage of Top Soil 00

3. OB Dumps 00

4 Minerals Storage 00

5. Infrastructure 0.02

6. Green belt 00

7. Road/Rasta 0.0400

8 Town ship area 00

9 Railway 00

10 Tailing pond 00

11 Effluent Treatment plant 00

12 Mineral separation plant 00

13 Mineral reject dump 00

8. Undisturbed area 1.108

Total 2.00

SHRI ARJABHAI KHIMABHAI RATHOD DRAFT EIA REPORT EIA/EMP REPORT FOR LIMESTONE MINE AT AJOTHA VILLAGE, TALUKA: VERAVAL, JUNAGADH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Figure 2-1: Plan showing the entire surface features





2.3 Geology

2.4 Regional Geology

Topography- Limestone deposited bearing area of Junagadh district around veraval is

almost simple and very gently sloping. In general it is agricultural belt traversed nallah

which are merging in river Megai is emptying in Arabian sea. There are scattered patches

of small rocky area comprised hillocks and high grounds with in agricultural land. Such

patches are rocky and are waste land.

The lease area is an irregular polygonal of waste land. The lease area is surrounded by

agricultural fields towards its southern side. To its eastern western and northern sides there

is rocky waste land and agricultural fields are at a distance.

General geology- The chronological order of the litho units existing in the area is as under:

The litho units and their chronological order exposed /occur in Junagadh district are as

under-

Table 2-3: Regional Geology of the area

Period Era Formation Description of rock

types

Post tertiary Recent sub recent Alluvium Grits and

conglomerates

Alluviaum, saline

marsh and blown sand

loose grits and

conglomarates

Post tertiary Pleistocene Milliolitic

Limestone

White to yellow, Pink

earthy marine

limestone, composed

of foraminifer around

which colitic grain has

been formed

Tertiary Lower Miocene Argillaceous

formations

Bluish gray kaski and

yellowish clays with

hard yellow

fossiliferous marbled.

Tertiary Lower Eocene Lateritic rocks Laterites, Lithomerges

Trappeans Cretaceous to

Eocene

Deccan traps with

differentiates and

associated trap

dykes

A flow mainly

amygdaloidal

porphyritic basalts

Source: Geology & Mineral resources of Junagadh District , Gujarat State, Directorate of

Geology and Mining Government of Gujarat.

Lithology:





The entire area is mostly exposed by Miliolitic formation .The local stratigraphic sequence

observed in the area is as follows:

Age Formation Rock Types Thickness

Pleistocene

Miliolite

Limestone

Medium grained, light

grey to light brownish

grey ,high grade

limestone grading into

impure limestone and

calcareous clay

3m

Limestone of the area is a porous rock containing minute empty spaces and is also severly

affected by the solution effect of percolating water resulting in innumerable minute cavities

and voids within the otherwise massive rock. It shows prominent dune type current bedding

with bedding dips ranging between 50to 100 towards the south –east in general.

Local Geology 2.4.1

Limestone: Limestone mining is proposed by manual method with occasional drilling and

blasting. The general strike is SW-NE with 3 to 5 degree dip due North-West.

The chemical composition of crude limestone is calcium oxide content is 52.28%, LOI is

41.11% MgO content is 0.40%, silica content is 3.89%, Al2O3 Content is 0.51% and iron

oxide content is 0.40% the average thickness of limestone in the area is 6m and 6m in

probable. The following stratigraphic sequences have been observed:-

Table 2-4: Local Geology of the area

Litho- Units Nil

Top soil(m) Nil

Overburden (m) Nil

Limestone 12 m

Bottom of limestone is not explored Nil

Exploration Proposed 2.4.2

Four Trenches were made

Table 2-5: Exploration Proposed

Name volume

T 1 3x2x4

T 2 3x2x3.5

T 3 3x2x2.5

T 4 3x2x4





Number of pits and trenches indicating dimensions, spacing etc. along and across 2.4.3

the strike/ foliation with reference to geological plan.

One Pit is available in the lease area.

Table 2-6: Pit Detail

Pit No. Length

(Meter)

Width

(Meter)

Depth

(Meter) Location

PIT-1 140 30.5 3 00 E TO120

0E & 23

0N TO 143

0N

Geological sections prepared along and across the strike in 1: 1000 has been maped in

Plate No.4

i) all the lithological units exposed in the area, in the pits, trenches and in any other

openings made for prospecting and mining operations showing contact between

lithological units;

ii) Structure:

No structural features viz. fault, fold or any other geological disturbance

encountered in the mining lease area. It is bedded deposit with horizontal to3 to

50 dip SE.

iii) Location of prospecting pits & mining operations are shown in Surface

Geological Plan Plate No-2.

Geological sections may be prepared on natural scale of geological plan at suitable

interval across the lease area from boundary to boundary.

Geological sections prepared along and across the strike in 1: 1000 scale. Sections are

prepared from boundary to boundary on Plate No:3

Broadly indicate the future programme of exploration with due justification(duly

marking on Geological plan year wise location in different colours) taking into

consideration the future tentative excavation programme planned in next Five years

as in table below: -

4, core bore hole is proposed as Year 2019-20.

Year No.of

boreholes

Grid interval Total meterage

2019-20 PCBH1 125m,116m,93m& 154 m

respectively

100m

PCBH2

PCBH3

PCBH4





2.5 Raw material required along with estimated quantity, likely source, marketing and of

final products, mode of transportation of raw material and finished products.

2.6 Category wise (proved, probable & possible) Reserves estimated

The reserves and resources have been calculated by estimating the reserve considering the

mineralization as per the old bore holes & new bore holes. Area explored under different

level of exploration has been marked on the geological plan and code for area considered

for different categories of reserve/resources estimation has been marked on geological cross

sections.

After approval Review of Mining, the actual productions of Limestone during first-five

year period (2013-14 to 2017-18) 74815 tonnes.

Table 2-7: The year wise production of Limestone

Year Production of Limestone (in tonnes)

2013-14 11220.53

2014-15 31939.06

2015-16 9958.41

2016-17 729

2017-18 20968

Total 74815

2.7 Estimated mineral reserve/resources

Table 2-8: Estimated mineral reserve/resources as on 10.12.2013

Estimated mineral reserve/resources in different categories of UNFC as reported in

the last Approved SOM are given below as on 10.12.2013

A. Total Mineral Reserve UNFC Code Quantity in

Tons

Grade

Proved Mineral Reserve 111 111 152390

Probable Mineral Reserve 121

&122

121 Nil

122 141810

B. Total Remaining

Resources

Feasibility mineral Resource 211 54400

Prefeasibility mineral

Resource

221& 222 107120

Measured mineral resource 331 -

Indicated mineral resource 332 -

Inferred mineral resource 333 -

Reconnaissance mineral

resource

334 0





Total Reserve + Resource 455770

Presently the project proponent has carried out the four no trenches DTH boreholes,

therefore re-estimated reserve & resources are as on 1.4.2018

Table 2-9: Re-estimated reserve & resources are as on 1.4.2018

Updated Estimated mineral reserve/resources in different categories of UNFC

A. Total Mineral

Reserve

UNFC Code Quantity in

Tons(90%)

Quantity in

Tons(10%)

Grade

Proved Mineral

Reserve 111

111 79314.3

8812.7

90 % Chemical

Grade &10%

Cement Grade

Probable Mineral

Reserve 121 &122

121 0

122 0

B. Total Remaining

Resources

Feasibility mineral

Resource

211 337.5 37.5 90 % Chemical

Grade &10%

Cement Grade

Prefeasibility mineral

Resource

221& 222

Measured mineral

resource

331 0

Indicated mineral

resource

332 0

Inferred mineral

resource

333 0

Reconnaissance

mineral resource

334 0

Total Reserve +

Resource

79651.8 8850.2

Table 2-10: Mineral Reserve /Resources as per Geological axis of UNFC

Mineral Reserve /Resources as per Geological axis of UNFC:-

Level of Exploration Resource in Tonne Grade

G1 – Detailed exploration 79314.3

Chemical

Grade

8812.7

Cement

Grade

90 % Chemical Grade

&10% Cement Grade

G2 – General Exploration

G3 – Prospecting -

G4- Reconnaissance -





2.8 Method of estimation of reserves

Considering the occurrence of Limestone in Pit, following points are taken into

consideration for reserve estimation.

Average 3m considered as chemical grade limestone for proved.

Bulk density of 2.2 tonne /m3 has been considered for Limestone.

Recovery of minerals is taken 100% of total ROM.

From the total ROM after considering recoverable mineral, 100% is taken as

recoverable mineral of which 10% undersized limestone is considered as cement

Grade.

Sorting and loading is done manually.

Surface Geological Plan and Sections plan of the ML Area has been attached as

Plate no.4 with Approved mining plan.

Table 2-11: Mineral resource & Associated waste Calculation

Sec

tion

lin

e

Infl

uen

ce l

ength

in

met

ers

Top

S

oil

S

ecti

on

are

a i

n S

q.m

ts

Top

soil

Cu

m

Wast

e se

ctio

n o

n

are

a i

n S

q.m

ts

Wast

e

(In

terb

urd

en+

over

bu

rden

) in

Cu

m

Min

erali

zed

sect

ion

al

are

in

Sq

.mts

Min

eral

reso

urc

e

in C

um

Bu

lk D

ensi

ty

(T/C

um

)

Min

eral

Res

ou

rces

(in

T)

W-W’ 30 Nil Nil Nil Nil 383 11490 2.2 25,278

X-X’ 39 Nil Nil Nil Nil 332 12948 2.2 28,486

Y-Y’ 39 Nil Nil Nil Nil 272 10608 2.2 23,338

Z-Z’ 22 Nil Nil Nil Nil 243 5011.25 2.2 11,025

Total 88,127

211

W-W’ 10 Nil Nil Nil Nil 6 48 2.2 106

X-X’ 8 Nil Nil Nil Nil 5 40 2.2 88

Y-Y’ 8 Nil Nil Nil Nil 4 32 2.2 71

Z-Z’ 10 Nil Nil Nil Nil 5 50 2.2 110

Total 375





From the total ROM after considering recoverable mineral, 100% is taken as recoverable

mineral whereas 10% undersized limestone is produced (which is used as cement grade

Limestone)

Table 2-12: The mineral reserves are computed as per UNFC

Category UNFC

Code

Quantity in

million tons

Category

Chemical Cement

A. Total Mineral Reserve --

Proved Mineral Reserve 111 79314.3 8812.7

Probable mineral Reserve 121 & 122 Nil Nil

B. Total Remaining Resources

Feasibility mineral Resource 211 337.5 37.5

Prefeasibility mineral resource 221 & 222

Measured mineral resource 331

Indicated mineral resource 332

Inferred mineral resource 333

Reconnaissance mineral resource 334

Total Reserve + Resource 74757.6 8306.4

2.9 Life of Mine

The proposed annual production is about 17,625 Tonne.

So Life of mine = Total mineable reserves/ Average Annual

Production = 88,127/ 17,625

= 5.00 Years

= 5 Years

2.10 Mineral Beneficiation

No mineral beneficiation is needed as the mineral produced from this mine is to be

displaced in crude form. No activity for up gradation of mineral at the mine site shall be

carried out.

2.11 Resources optimization / recycling and reuse envisaged in the project

a. All the construction and testing equipment used in the present will be put to use in other

similar project once the project is completed.

b. Waste water generated will be sent to septic tank / soak pit.

c. Rainwater harvesting will be carried out during the operational phase and harvested water

will be stored in ponds in the slope areas. This water will be used for sprinkling,

plantation and sanitary use.





d. Safety zone will be created around the mining lease area to avoid any eventualities and

barrier will impose through plantation.

e. Proper restoration of the mine lease area will be carried out at the end of the mining

through scientific way. Mine restoration plan will be suggested.

2.12 Project Description with process details and infrastructure facilities

Present and Proposed Method of Mining 2.12.1

Present Method of Mining:

The present method of mining is manual open cast method using pick axes, crow bar,

spade etc. There is only one pit available and whose dimension are given below:

Pit No. Length

(Meter)

Width

(Meter)

Depth

(Meter) Location

PIT-1 140 30.5 3 00 E TO120

0E & 23

0N TO 143

0N

Benches of 2.0 m height are mined width of benches is not less than the height. Mild

blasting is carried out wherever required. Holes are drilled by jack hammer & blasted

using ANFO and high explosive as booster charge as and when required. Full thickness

of Chemical grade limestone is being mined.

Limestone so mined is sized manually. Sized limestone is loaded manually into trucks

/tippers for transportation to the soda Ash Plant. There is no generation of waste.

Proposed method of mining:-

The proposed method of Mining will be Open-cast Manual mining method by

forming benches of 3.0 m height and width more than height comprising Jack

Hammer drilling, manual breaking & loading of limestone with Tractor trolley.

Systematic & scientific mining has been proposed considering the technical

parameters like surface topography, quality variation, geotechnical aspects &

restriction over site such as habitation, High building within 300 meters. There is a

presence of river (nalla) in North West of the lease area So, A barrier of 45m has

been taken.

It is proposed to mine the deposit from North western part extending towards south

eastern part of the lease area by forming benches from top to bottom with height of

the bench 3.0 m height width of the bench will be more than height as extend

towards south east, ultimate pit slope proposed is 70°.

Mild drilling and blasting is Proposed.





The statutory barrier along the mining lease boundary will be kept 7.5 m. as shown in

Plate No‟s- 3.

A thick plantation is proposed along the mine boundary within the lease hold area

which will not allow the noise to propagate & get absorbed. Mining is proposed to be

carried out up to 16mRL.

The mining operation will be carried under the supervision of qualified 1st class

mining engineer. The site for disposal of waste, afforestation to be carried out has

been marked on year wise production and development plan, Plate No.-3. The ground

water table is 10-12m below the general surface depending upon the relief of areas.

However in dry season it goes to 15-20m below the surface.

Proposed Year wise development for two Years 2.12.2

It is proposed to develop the Limestone deposits by proper formation of benches of (3m

height and width more than height. The year-wise plan and the sections and position of

the pit at the end of each year have been given in Plate No. 5.

It is proposed to produce average 18,000 tonne per annum of saleable Limestone minerals

by considering & 10% undersized limestone which is used in cement grade as sweetner.

So, Average 18, 000 tonne ROM is to be produced.

During the first year (2018-19) of mining, the mining will be carried out by forming

single bench of Average depth 3m (19-16mRl) to win the mineral as shown on the

section W-W ‟& L-L‟in Plate No. 5.(A).

During the second year (2019-20) of mining the work will be carried by forming one

bench of Average depth 3m (19-16mRl) to win mineral as shown on the sections X-X &

L-L‟in Plate No.5. (B).

During the third year (2020-21) of mining, the mining will be carried out by forming


section L-L in Plate No. 5. (C).

During the fourth year (2021-22) of mining, the mining will be carried out by forming

one bench of Average depth 3m(19-16mRl) to win the mineral as shown on the section

Y-Y‟ & L-L‟in Plate No. 5(D).

During the fourth year (2022-23) of mining, the mining will be carried out by forming


section Z-Z‟& L-L‟in Plate No. 5(E).

Year wise production details of mineral and waste is given in below:





Table 2-13: Year wise Production of Mineral and Waste

Yea

r

Are

a

(m2)

Av

era

ge

Dep

th (

m)

Vo

lum

e (m

3)

B.D

R.O

.M

(M.T

)

Rec

ov

era

ble

Lim

esto

ne

in T

on

ne

To

tal

Min

eral

Rej

ect

(m3)

Un

der

Siz

ed li

mes

ton

e

(m3)

2018-

2019

3056.7

0

2.6804 8193.18 2.2 18,025 18,025 Nil 1802.5

2019-

2020

3260.2

1 2.5083 8177.7 2.2 17,991 17,991 Nil 1799.1

2020-

2021 3357 2.6299 8228.57 2.2 18103 18103 Nil 1810

2021-

2022 3774 2.1690 8185.80 2.2 18,008 18,008 Nil 1800.8

2022-

2023 3642 1.9969 7272.71 2.2 16,000 16,000 Nil 16,00

Open Cast Mining/ Bench Parameters 2.12.3

Salient features of the proposed method of working indicating category of mine.

i) Minerals occurring in statutory barriers of 7.5 m are not considered.

ii) Recovery of Minerals is taken 100% of total ROM.

iii) From the total ROM after considering recoverable mineral, 100% is taken as

recoverable mineral whereas 0% as mineral rejects & 10% is taken as

undersized limestone of total ROM.

iv) The mannual Mining is proposed method of mining of mineral limestone.

v) Mild Drilling & Blasting is proposed.

vi) Tractor trolley & trucks are proposed for handling the mineral & transportation.

vii) Height of the bench is proposed as average 3m & width of the bench will be

more than 3m.

viii) Proposed Ultimate pit slope is 700 from vertical.



ix) Mannual Sorting & Loading will be done.

Figure 2-2: Process flow chart of mining Method

2.13 Specification of Machinery Proposed

The mining machineries to be used in proposed mining operation is given below:

Table 2-14: List of Machinery Proposed to be used

Operation Machine Name No’s Capacity Drilling Jack Hammer 2 120Cfm

Excavation Manual 1 32 mm dia Transport Truck 6 16 Tonne

2.14 Solid Waste Disposal (Top Soil/OB)

No, waste generated in five years. Tentative tonnage of the saleable material may be arrived by computing approximate bulk density (2) and recovery factor (100%) as these data are variable and may be established on time series. No, Top Soil and no, Mineral reject will be generated within five years plan period





2.15 Water Requirement and Wastewater Generation

The daily water demand for the project is estimated to be 3.83 KLD. The drinking water of

1.44 KLD will be made available from the nearby village Ajotha. Water required for other

domestic propose, dust suppression and plantation will be arranged by rain harvested water

stored in tank after and during monsoon. The quality of water is reportedly potable. The

pond desiltation and impoundment will be done by the project proponent. The detailed

breakup of the water requirement is given below in Figure 2-3 and Table 2-1516.

Figure 2-3: Water Balance Diagram

Table 2-1516: Break –UP of Water Requirement

Sr. No. Usage Basis Total Water

Requirement

1. Domestic Purpose

32 workers in mine, 10 LPD drinking

water requirement per person as per

Mines Act hence for drinking

purpose total water requirement is

320 LPD (0.320 KLD), 35 LPD

water for 32 people for sanitation

purpose hence water requirement for

sanitation 1120 LPD (1.12 KLD). So

total water requirement for domestic

purpose comes out to be 1440 LPD

hence approximately 1.44 KLD

domestic water requirement

1.44 KLD

2. Dust Suppression

Haul road has an area of 3925 m2.

Considering the atmospheric

condition and type of soil, water

sprinkling for curbing fugitive

emission is assumed as 0.1 L/m2 (As

per ToR condition) Hence total water

requirement comes out to be 392.5

LPD (0.39 KLD) for water sprinkling

two time. Water sprinkling will be

0.39 KLD

Daily Water Demand

3.83 KLD

Domestic Purpose

1.44 KLD

Dust Suppression / Water Sprinkling

0.39 KLD

Greenbelt / Plantation

2.0 KLD





Sr. No. Usage Basis Total Water

Requirement

done twice a haul road in a day using

5000 L tanker.

3. Greenbelt

Development

Green belt development area will be

33% of total lease area as 0.66 ha.

Says 6600 m2. 1 Plant is assumed in

4 m2 area (As per ToR); hence 413

trees proposed for plantation per

year. No of Plantation

= Area (Ha) X 10000

Row x Plant

= 0.66x10000

4 x 4

= 412.5 (says 413)

while calculate daily water

requirement 5.0 LPD/plant keeping

soil and atmospheric conditions in

mind, hence for 413 trees total

requirement comes out 413 X 5.0

LPD equals to 2065 LPD as 2.0 KLD

*The additional water requirement

every year as per the increased

plantation will be taken from the rain

water harvested ponds

2.0 KLD

Total - 3.83 KLD

Wastewater Generation 2.15.1

No process wastewater will be generated during the mining operation. Mobile Toilet will

be arranged for sanitation proposes.

2.16 Power Requirement

There is no electricity proposed as the mining will be done during the day time and the

machinery proposed will be operated by the use of diesel. It is expected that during peak

of production approximately 100 liter of diesel per day will be consumed by all the

machinery proposed for mining. Diesel will not be stored within the mine precincts.

2.17 Employment Details

The total manpower required for the mining activity will be 32. Preference for

employment will be given to local workers. Staff & workers proposed to be employed are

given below.





Table 2-17: Manpower Requirement

2.18 Site Services

Mine office & First Aid Station - An office – cum –store will be constructed in the

statutory boundary; first aid box with all necessary materials will be kept in the mine

office.

Store Room – Store room will be constructed on the mine boundary.

Rest Shelter - Temporary Rest Shelter will be made available.

Drinking water facility - The drinking water will be made available from the nearby

village.

Domestic Water & Dust Suppression- Pond and rain harvested water stored in tank

after and during monsoon. The quality of water will be reportedly potable.

Adequate lighting arrangements: Single shift working during day time is proposed,

yet adequate lighting arrangements will be made at quarry face and haulage roads as

per statutory norms.

Storage of machinery, tools, oil and grease.

Toilets: The toilet facility will be proposed for the better sanitary condition of the

workers employed in Mining area.

A small nursery will be developed for plantation.

2.19 Surface Drainage Pattern

The highest elevation. Small elliptical shape mound having the highest RL of lease is

21.43 mRL whereas the lowest RL of the lease area is 18.52 mRL. The general

depression of the area is towards North –east side.

The general drainage pattern is towards NW which is connected with seasonal nala

flowing along the NW boundary of the area. The Saraswati River is flow from south

direction at a distance of 1.40 KM from mine site.

S. No. Particulars Number(s)

1. Mining Engineer (As per Rule 55 of MCDR 2017) 1

2. Geologist 1

3. Unskilled Labour 15

4. skilled Person 10

5. Drill operator & helper 2

6. Truck Driver 3

Total 32





2.20 Planning Brief

1) Planning Concept (type of industries, facilities, Transportation etc.) Town and

Planning / Development authority classification

In order to facilitate augmentation of material supply (minerals) to various consumers in

states of India, an analysis of the infrastructure requirements has been carried out and

based on such analysis; it is decided to create suitable infrastructure facilities (network)

to facilitate transportation of minerals or raw materials from the point of demand to

points of supply. The mining is planned by Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod and is in

process of establishing network all over the states to take care of future demand supply

gap to fulfill the requirement of various consumers throughout the state. The details

regarding transportation facility is given below:

Transportation 2.20.1

2.20.1.1 Traffic Density Survey

The traffic study was carried out on SH-6 (Somnath-una highway), in South direction.

The main objective of the survey is to characterize the type, category and number of

vehicles plying on the road.

2.20.1.2 Methodology of Vehicle Count

The vehicle plying on road in both the directions were counted continuously for 24 hours.

The vehicles were counted every hour and stipulated by Indian Road Congress (IRC).

The vehicles were counted every hour and stipulated by Indian Road Congress (IRC).

The loaded & unloaded dumpers / trucks will move on the State Highway and National

Highway for the further transportation of minerals from the lease area to other places of

demand for the Limestone. Keeping in view that, the movement of trucks / dumpers may

increase the traffic density of the nearest State Highway and National Highway. A traffic

Study on the present traffic scenario have been made to measure the increase PCU/hr.

Traffic study measurements were performed at one location on SH-6 (Somnath-una

highway), to assess impact on local transport infrastructure due to this mining project.

The traffic volume at the location is summarized as per the categorization and given

below.

Details of Production & Dispatches:-

This is a lease area allotted to the lessee. Future production programme has been planned

as per the details given below:

Table 2-18: Details of Production & Dispatches

S.No. Detail Quantity & Nos.

1 Total geological reserve Chemical Grade =79314.3 T





Cement Grade=8812.7 T

2 Total Mineable reserve 88,127 T

3 Annual Production 18000 T

4 No. of working day 240

5 Daily production 18000/240 = 75 TPD

6 No. of Dumper/Trippers (Capacity of

dumper is 16 T)

75/16 = 4.68 (5)

7 No. of Trips (2-Loaded & Unloaded) 5/2 = 2.5

Table 2-19: Survey point for study of traffic on SH-6 (Somnath-Una highway)

Sr. No. Point No. Latitude(N) Longitude (E)

1. SH-6 (Somnath-Una Highway) 20°53'44.84"N 70°28'38.95"E

Table 2-2021: Existing Passenger Car Unit (PCU) on SH-6 (Somnath-una highway),

S.

No. Vehicles

Number of

Vehicles

Distribution/Day

PCU

Factor

Total Number of

Vehicle in PCU

1. Cycle 20 0.50 10

2. Two Wheelers (Motor Cycle

or Scooter) 113 0.50 56.5

3.

Four Wheelers (Passenger

Car, Pick Up, Van Or Auto

Rickshaw Cars)

98 1.00 291

4. Truck or Bus 82 3.0 246

5. Heavy Vehicles

(Truck trailer) 72 4.50 324

6. Tractor 52 4.50 234

7. Bullock Cart - 8.00 -

Total 452 - 1161.5

Post project Increase in Traffic Density 2.20.2

Post Project incremental Passenger Car Units (PCU) on SH-6 (Somnath-una highway),

are given in below.

Table 2-22: Proposed Passenger Car Unit on Kaccha Road (Mine site to SH-6)

S.

No. Vehicles

Number of

Vehicles

Distribution/Day

PCU

Factor

Total Number of

Vehicle in PCU

1. Cycle 20 0.50 10

2. Two Wheelers (Motor Cycle

or Scooter) 113 0.50 56.5

3.

Four Wheelers (Passenger

Car, Pick Up, Van Or Auto

Rickshaw Cars)

98 1.00 291

4. Truck or Bus 82 3.0 246

5. Heavy Vehicles

(Truck trailer) 72+5=77 4.50 346.5





S.

No. Vehicles

Number of

Vehicles

Distribution/Day

PCU

Factor

Total Number of

Vehicle in PCU

6. Tractor 52 4.50 234

7. Bullock Cart - 8.00 -

Total 442 - 1184

Carrying Capacity of the Roads 2.20.3

Post project PCU will be 1184 PCUs (1161.5 PCUs Existing + 22.5 PCUs Post) on SH-6

(Somnath-una highway),. It can be clearly stated that the road used for carrying mineral

to the end users is capable of handling the additional load due to mining activities.

Table 2-23: Carrying Capacity of Roads

Project site to NH Vol. of vehicle in

PCU/day

Capacity of

Roads in

PCU/day

LOS

SH-6 (Somnath-una

highway), 1184 2000

0.59 (Good/

Average/ Fair)

*LOS- Level of Services

V/C LOS Performance

0.0-0.2 A Excellent

0.2-0.4 B Very Good

0.4-0.6 C Good/ Average/ Fair

0.6-0.8 D Poor

0.8-0.10 E Very Poor

Note: Capacity as per IRC: 64-1990

Conclusion

Not much impact will be there on the local transport. The LOS value from the proposed

mine may be “Good/ Average/ Fair” for State highway-6 (Somnath to Una Highway). So,

the additional load on the carrying capacity of the concern roads is not likely to have any

significant adverse effect.



Figure 2-4: Google image of Road Map for mineral transport from Kaccha Road to SH-6.



Figure 2-5: Key plan of Road Transportation of Limestone through mine site

SHRI ARJABHAI KHIMABHAI RATHOD DRAFT EIA REPORT EIA/EMP REPORT FOR LIMESTONE MINE AT AJOTHA VILLAGE, TALUKA: VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT PROJECT DESCRIPTION


2.21 Groundwater

The mining pit will be below the general ground level of the surrounding area which will be 21.43 m. The water level in post monsoon season will be 10-12 m below the surface depending upon the relief of the area and in dry season it goes to 15-20 m below the surface. The ultimate working depth will be maintained up to 16 m RL hence will not touch the general water table. Dewatering of rain water collected during rainy season will be done by hired diesel operated pump of 5 HP and depth of water table is given as Figure 2-6.

Figure 2-7: Schematic Diagram of Mine Working

2) Population Projection

There will be population increase due to mining activities carried out and infrastructure to

be developed in the vicinity of the mining area through employment, market, business etc.

3) Land Uses Planning

At present, there is a pit in the area. It is proposed to work the deposit of Limestone in next five years by developing the mine by formation of proper benches, each of 3m height. At the conceptual stage, the mined out pits will acquire 1.6842 ha will be converted into water reservoir.

2.22 Assessment of infrastructure Demand (Physical & Social)

Not Applicable



TALUKA: VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Amenities / Facilities

Facilities for health to the mine workers, water supply, market, sanitary, communication and

recreational facilities as practicable will be provided during the operation phase of the

project to make the life more comfortable and adaptive.

2.23 Proposed Infrastructure

(1) Industrial Area (Processing area)

Not applicable

(2) Residential Area (Non-processing Area)

Not Applicable

(3) Greenbelt

Plantation will be carried out with locally available species as per the norms to

compensate the cutting of trees in the mining lease area as per the forest conservation Act

1980.

(4) Gujarat is one of the leading states in terms of labour productivity and a large proportion

of the state is engaged in running owned business. The state govt. is committed to

providing better education, training and healthcare to the population.

Education: In Gujarat the literacy rate is increased as per census 2011. It is also home to

premier educational and research institutions of India.

Health: Public health services are available to the population in all over the Gujarat state.

(5) Connectivity (Traffic and transportation Road/rail/ metro/ water ways etc.)

It is intended to make maximum use of the existing infrastructure and augment /

strengthen existing roads, wherever required. Hence no major changes are envisaged due

to this mining activity.

(6) Drinking Water management (Sources & supply of water)

Drinking water will be supplied to the workers by providing water supply through road

tankers and available nearby sources.

(7) Sewage System

Toilets will be connected to septic tank & soak pits for disposal of human waste during

operational phases of the mining.

(8) Industrial Waste Management

Not Applicable

(9) Solid Waste Management



TALUKA: VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Solid waste generated from the campsite and other wastes like plastics, papers,

cardboards etc. will be properly collected, segregated and reused disposed-off

appropriately. Overburden will be collected separately and stored at a designated place

will all safety and precautions to avoid any erosion or runoff.

(10) Power Requirement and supply / source

The proposed limestone mining will be done by opencast manual method and will be

done only day time, hence there will no requirement of power.

2.24 Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) plan (policy to be adopted (central / state)

in respect of the project affected persons including home ouster’s, Land ouster’s

and less labourers, a brief outline to be given)

Not applicable, there is no displacement or resettlement involved.

2.25 Project Cost

S. No Particulars Cost (Rs. In INR)

1 Machinery Cost 15.0 Lakh

2 Plant and minor equipment 5.0 Lakh

3 Land Cost 4.0 Lakh

4 Building cost 1.0 Lakh

5 Others 5.0 Lakh

Total Cost 30.0 Lakh

2.26 Project Implementation Schedule

Efforts are being made to obtain all the statutory permissions for the mine. The

commencement of production with capacity of 18,000 TPA of Limestone will be soon after

obtaining Environmental Clearance and other statutory clearances (CTE & CTO) from

State Environment Assessment Authority and SPCB.

2.27 Impact Evaluation

There will be positive significant impact because of supply of minerals by establishing

distribution/supply and transportation network to the consumers which will help to invite

more industries to the region and also to the existing industries in the state. Nearby there

will be development of industrial growth and increase in economic benefits in the region

which will also help to enhance the economic growth of the region & the country.



TALUKA: VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Introduction

To assess the impacts of project activities on existing physical, biological and social

environment, it is necessary to study the present environmental status of the area by

collecting the information on following attributes:

Land Environment

Water Environment

Air Environment

Meteorology

Noise Environment

Biological Environment

Socio-economic Environment

The relevant information and data (Both Primary & Secondary) was collected in the core as

well as buffer zone (10 km. distance from the lease boundary) during Winter Season

(October, November, December) 2018 in accordance to the guidelines set up for

preparation of EIA studies. The samples collected were analyzed using in house NABL

Accredited Laboratory “Overseas Test House & Research Centre”, Jaipur. Copy of NABL

certificate and lab analysis reports has been enclosed as Annexure-8.

Secondary data was collected from Indian Meteorological Department (IMD)-Veraval,

State Mines & Geology department, Central Ground water board, District Forest office,

Socio-Economic data was collected from Directorate of Census, Water Resource

department, District Statistical departments etc.

3.2 Study Area

The study area is taken in accordance with the provisions of sector specific EIA guidance

manual for Mining of Minerals manual, published by Ministry of Environment and Forests,

during 2010. The study area for the Limestone Mining Project was as follows:

The proposed project area (M. L. area) is considered as „Core Zone‟.

10 km radius from the boundary limits of the M.L. area is considered as „Buffer Zone‟.

The study area is entirely rural and falls in Village Ajodha District of Gir Somnath of

Gujarat State.

The environmental setting of the study area is given below:



TALUKA: VERAVAL, JUNAGADH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


3.3 Study Period

The baseline environmental quality represents the existing status of various

environmental components in the study area. As a part of Environmental Impact

Assessment Study, environmental monitoring was carried out for summer season

covering the months of (October, November, December) 2018.

3.4 Land Environment

Land Cover is the physical material at the surface of the earth (it includes grass, asphalt,

trees, bare ground, water etc.) whereas Land use is the human use of land. Land Use

involves the management and modification of natural environment or wilderness into

built environment such as fields, pastures and settlements. It has also been defined as "the

arrangements, activities and inputs people undertake in a certain land cover type to

produce, change or maintain it". Studies on land use aspects of eco-system play an

imperative role in identifying susceptible issues and to take appropriate action to uphold

ecological equilibrium in the region. The main objective of this section is to provide a

baseline status of the study area, covering 10 km radius around the mining lease so that

temporal changes due to the mining activities on the surroundings could be assessed in

future.

Objective of the Study 3.4.1

The objective of the land use study is given below:

To develop land use & land cover map using land coordinates of the project area.

To identify, mark and classify important basic features as per the primary and

secondary data collected.

To suggest measures for conservation and sustainable use of land.

Land Use Pattern of Mining Lease (Core Area) 3.4.2

The lease area Government waste Land. Existing land use of the core zone is given in

Table 2.2.

The total land of the study area is divided into different categories.

Built-up Area

Sand Dunes

Shrub Rangeland

Vegetation

Barren Land

Water Body





Methodology 3.4.3

The land use/land cover map of the study area has been prepared from using the recent

satellite Resourcesat-2/P6, Sensor- LISS-II, image scene (DOP 02.02.2019) downloaded

from Bhuvan NRSC portal (www.bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in ) and processed using GIS software

supported with ground checks / ground truth verification. Area and distance calculations

have been carried out using GIS software after geo-referencing and interpretation has

been performed based on site information acquired through ground survey with survey of

India topographical maps of the scale 1:50,000 and Google Earth explorer (Professional

Version).

Geo Referencing of Topo Map

SoI Toposheet has been geo-referenced in geographic lat/long coordinate system using

DIP Software - ERDAS Imagine 2014, GIS Software- Arc GIS 10.3.1.

Base Map Layer Creation

Project site mine plan map, Google maps and geo-referenced Toposheet have been used

as a reference map for base layer creation. In base layer linear, polygon and point features

like roads, rail, canals, village locations and project site have been created in vector data

format. Base map layer information has been used for analysis of surrounding features

like roads, rail, and village locations near project site activity through superimposing on

thematic map for data integration. The land use/land cover of the study area is given in

Table 3-1 and shown in Figure 3-1.

Table 3-1: Land use pattern of the Study Area

Colors Classes Area (in Ha.) Area (in %)

Built Up Land 2054.68 6.31

Crop Land 16211.47 49.76

Fallow Land 1198.23 3.68

Forest 984.57 3.02

Open Scrub Land 782.25 2.40

Dense Scrub Land 929.15 2.85

Waste Land 1208.29 3.71

Stony Waste Land 821.54 2.52

Water Bodies/ Rivers 1721.36 5.28

Ocean 4695.47 14.41

Wetland 435.88 1.34

Grazing Land 358.48 1.10

Mining Area 542.14 1.66

Sandy Area 287.08 0.88

Industrise Area 350.89 1.08

Total 32581.48 100.00

http://www.bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in/


EIA/EMP REPORT FOR LIMESTONE MINE AT AJOTHA VILLAGE, TALUKA: VERAVAL, GIR

SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


Figure 3-1: Land Use/ Land cover map of the Study Area





Figure 3-2: Satellite map of the Study Area





3.5 Topography and Drainage

Topography of the Study Area 3.5.1

Topographically, The configuration of the area is irregular polygon shape and elongated

along N-S direction. The lease area is situated in a rugged and undulating terrain with low

mounds .A Small elliptical shape mound having the highest RL of lease is 21.43 mRL

whereas the lowest RL of the lease area is 18.52 mRL. The general depression of the area

is towards North –east side.

. Topographical elevation of the core and buffer zone is given in Table 3-2.

Table 3-2: Topographical Elevation of the Core Zone and Buffer Zone

Elevation range (Buffer Zone) 21.43 m RL – 18.52

Depth of workings (from natural

surface level starting the pit

excavation)

19.0 m RL- 16.0 m RL


Difference from surface level to

ultimate working pit

3.0 m



Area 2.0 hect.

Drainage of Study Area 3.5.2


flowing along the NW boundary of the area. There is no major drainage pattern except

seasonal nala.

Rain water flows through the natural slope are draining into seasonal nalla. It is non-

perennial in nature.

Sarswati River which is Perianal River is situated near mine site at a distance of 1.40 km

that flows from South direction of proposed area.

SHRI ARJABHAI KHIMABHAI RATHOD DRAFT EIA REPORTEIA/EMP REPORT FOR LIMESTONE MINE AT AJOTHA VILLAGE, TALUKA: VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


Figure 3-3: Drainage map of the Study Area

SHRI ARJABHAI KHIMABHAI RATHOD DRAFT EIA REPORT EIA/EMP REPORT FOR LIMESTONE MINE AT AJOTHA VILLAGE, TALUKA: VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


3.6 Seismicity of the Study Area

Based on occurrence of earthquakes of different intensities, the Seismic Zoning Map of India (IS 1893, 2001; BMTPC, 2006; NBC 2005) divides the country into 4 seismic zones as shown below. Seismic Zone V is the highest risk zone where earthquakes having intensity of IX+ on Modified Mercalli Intensity (MMI) scale can take place. Earthquakes of intensities between VIII to IX can be experienced in seismic Zone IV, whereas earthquakes can occur between VI and VIII intensity in seismic Zone III.

The seismic hazard map of India was updated in 2000 by the Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS).

Earthquake was felt in major parts of the District. The mine site as well as study area lies in Zone-III of Seismic Zoning Map of Gujarat, and thus can be said to be located in an area of moderate Active damage risk zone by national standards. Hence the risk of earthquake at the site is minimal and so the site is safe. The Seismic Zone Map of project site on Gujarat is shown below:

Figure 3-4: Earthquake Zone Map of Gujarat

Source: https://isr.gujarat.gov.in/sz-map-gujarat

Gujarat has potential of magnitude 8 earthquake in Kachchh and magnitude up to 6 in other parts. Long-Term Assessment of Earthquake Potential across Different Faults: Though earthquake prediction is still a matter of research, assessment of long-term earthquake hazard will help builders, architects and engineers to design earthquake resistant buildings to save precious lives. Though a major earthquake of magnitude 7.6 occurred near Bhachau in 2001, earthquakes of magnitude 6-7 along other nearby faults can’t be ruled out.

Project site At District: Gir

Somnath(Gujarat)

https://isr.gujarat.gov.in/sz-map-gujarat





Table 3-3: Regional distribution of earthquakes located in Gujarat during 2016

Region 1.0-1.9 2.0-2.9 3.0-3.9 4.0-4.9 Total

Kachchh 667 263 48 3 981

Saurashtra 557 136 3 1 697

Mainland 81 36 11 1 129

Total 1305 435 62 5 1807

Recently an Earthquake of Magnitude 5.3 was strikes on 20th October – 2011 at 10:48 PM.

Epicentre was identified at 13 km SE of Sasangir, in Talala Taluka.

3.7 Soil Analysis

Soil may be defined as a thin layer of earth's crust which serves as a natural medium for

the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral matter that has been subjected to

and influenced by genetic and environmental factors, such as, parent material, climate,

organism and physiochemical action of wind, water and sun light an acting over a long

period of time. Soil differs from the parent materials in the morphological, physical,

chemical and biological properties. Also soils differ among themselves in some or all the

properties depending on the differences in the gothic and environmental factors.

Soil Profile of District Gir Somnath 3.7.1

The district is divided into four regions on the basis of distinctive soil characteristics.

Black Soil : Una, Gir-Dadhada, Kodinar and Talala talukas have black soil.

Calcareous Soil : Veraval and Sutrapada talukas have Calcareous soil.

Blakish Soil : Along the coastal belt of Veraval, Una and Gir-Dadhada talukas have

Blakish Soil.

Lili Nagher: A strip between Veraval, Kodinar, Una and Gir-Gadhada is known as “Lili

Nagher” The most part of the district is leveled. So the leveled area is fertile for

agriculture purpose. The black cotton soil is composed largely of clay material.

Source: Central Ground water Board of Junagad district

Soil profile of Study area 3.7.2

The study on the soil quality establishes the baseline characteristics and identifies the

incremental concentrations if any. The soil characteristics include both physical and

chemical details; the soil quality monitoring was carried out by the M/s Overseas Min-

Tech Consultants, Jaipur to assess the soil characteristics of the area. The sampling of

soils was done at seven locations during the study period.

Objectives 3.7.3

The objectives of the sampling are:





To determine the baseline soil characteristics.

To assess the impact on soil (pollutant deposition/other) in long run due to proposed

activity.

Soil Sampling Locations 3.7.4

Soil samples (7) from depth (0-15 cm) were collected from the locations as given in

Table 3-4 for estimation of the physicochemical characteristics of soil. The samples were

than packed in polythene plastic bags and sealed. Air-dried and Sieved samples were

used for determination of physico-chemical properties of soil. Standard methods were

followed for the analysis of soil samples as per the analysis methodology is given below:

Table 3-4: Soil Sampling Location

S.

No.

Area

Description

Sample

Code

GPS

Coordinate

Distance

from

M.L.

area(km)

Direction

from Mining

lease area

Frequency

A Mine Site SQ1 20°53'57.69" - Core Zone

Once during

the study

period as

composite

sampling

70°28'52.50"

B Ajodha SQ2 20°53'48.91" 1.53 km SW

70°28'21.45"

C Bolas SQ3 20°54'54.27" 2.17 km NE

70°29'41.92"

D Meghpur SQ4 20°54'28.52" 2.21 km NW

70°27'43.70"

E Sundarpura SQ5 20°53'54.03" 2.4 km E

70°30'41.27"

F Sonariya SQ6 20°53'59.51" 3.50 km W

70°26'36.17"

G Gorak madhi SQ7 20°54'57.42" 5.22 km ENE

70°31'55.45"

Photograph 3-1: Soil Monitoring at various locations

Soil Sampling at Mine Site

SHRI ARJABHAI KHIMABHAI RATHOD DRAFT EIA REPORTEIA/EMP REPORT FOR LIMESTONE MINE AT AJOTHA VILLAGE, TALUKA: VERAVAL, JUNAGADH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


Figure 3-5: Key plan showing the Locations of Soil Sampling


EIA/EMP REPORT FOR LIMESTONE MINE AT AJOTHA VILLAGE, TALUKA: VERAVAL,

JUNAGADH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


Soil Analysis Results 3.7.5

The analysis results of the soils are given below:

Table 3-5: Physico-chemical characteristics of soils

Parameter Unit S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 Method Used

PH 7.72 7.68 7.62 7.54 7.82 8.14 7.62 Is 2720 (part-26)1987(RA-2011)

Conductivity mS/m 32.0 39.0 38.0 46.0 51.0 42.0 32.0 Is :14767-2000 (RA-2010)

Moisture content % 3.24 4.52 3.52 3.56 3.58 5.52 3.34 Is:2720 (part-2)1973 (RA-2010)

WHC % 31.24 30.24 30.48 32.56 32.42 33.24 30.64 LAB-SOP-049

Specific Gravity - 2.60 2.58 2.56 2.52 2.64 2.56 2.56 Is:2720 (part-3)

Porosity % 33.64 34.10 33.85 34.13 35.60 33.59 30.24 IS 2720 (part-7)1980(RA-2010)

Bulk density gm/ml 1.72 1.70 1.72 1.66 1.70 1.70 1.52 Is:1462 1985(RA-2006)

Available

sodium

kg/ha 184.4 198.0 208.42 248.6 182.5

4

122.4 175.26 LAB-SOP-059

Available

potassium

kg/ha 106.2 124.0 146.82 168.4 134.4 62.42 124.36 LAB-SOP-060

Available

calcium

mg/100

g

138.56 208.4 168.42 236.8 192.5

2

172.5

6

176.52 LAB-SOP-061

Available

Magnesium

mg/100

g

14.54 18.56 22.36 22.62 18.42 18.52 16.20 LAB-SOP-062

Nitrate Nitrogen % 0.036 0.038 0.044 0.042 0.042 0.042 0.038 14684:1999(RA-2014)

Total Phosphate kg/ha 42.56 33.62 32.62 38.24 42.34 42.52 38.42 LAB-SOP-063

Cadmium Mg/kg 2.16 1.14 1.42 1.36 1.82 1.26 1.26 USEPA3050B

Copper Mg/kg 172.4 188.4 146.0 232.0 188.0 182.0 156.0 USEPA3050B

Lead Mg/kg 1.26 1.22 1.12 1.14 1.26 1.82 1.12 USEPA3050B

Manganese Mg/kg 2.22 2.16 3.16 2.16 1.14 1.62 1.10 USEPA3050B

Zinc Mg/kg 82.0 204.0 26.54 132.0 214.0 266 120 USEPA3050B





Iron Mg/kg 2144 1896 2056 1986 2082 2784 1842 USEPA3050B

Boron Mg/kg <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 1.26 1.24 <0.5 LAB SOP-96

CEC(Cations

exchange

Capacity)

Meq/10

0gm

15.62 19.56 16.52 17.82 17.82 18.52 16.42 LAB SOP-085

Organic Carbone % 0.62 0.88 0.68 0.72 0.74 0.82 0.72 Is :2720 (part-22)

Available

Nitrogen

% 0.082 0.064 0.072 0.068 0.072 0.090 0.082 LAB SOP-95

Available

phosphorus

Kg/ha 38.42 30.42 38.56 34.56 32.46 28.32 33.42 LAB SOP-94

ESP

(Exchangeable

Sodium

Percentage)

% 2.16 4.52 4.52 3.92 6.24 4.52 4.22 LAB SOP-085

Texture Sandy Clay Loam Is :-2720(part-4)

SAND % 52.62 62.54 58.42 60.42 46.52 54.62 56.24 Is :-2720(part-4)

silt % 32.42 26.42 13.42 28.58 28.56 20.42 15.14 Is :-2720(part-4)

clay % 14.96 11.04 28.16 11.0 24.92 24.96 28.62 Is :-2720(part-4)





Table 3-6: Standard Soil Classification

S.

No.

Soil Test Classification

1. pH <4.5 Extremely acidic

4.51- 5.00 Very strongly acidic

5.51-6.0 moderately acidic

6.01-6.50 slightly acidic

6.51-7.30 Neutral

7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline

7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline

8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline

9.01 very strongly alkaline

2. Salinity Electrical

Conductivity

(mmhos/cm) (1mmho/cm =

640 ppm)

Upto 1.00 Average

1.01-2.00 harmful to germination

2.01-3.00 harmful to crops

3. Organic Carbon (%) Upto 0.2: very less

0.21-0.4: less

0.41-0.5 medium,

0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient

0.81-1.00: sufficient

>1.0 more than sufficient

4. Nitrogen (Kg/ha) Upto 50 very less

51-100 less

101-150 good

151-300 Better

>300 sufficient

5. Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Upto 15 very less

16-30 less

31-50 medium,

51-65 on an average sufficient

66-80 sufficient

>80 more than sufficient

6. Potassium (Kg/ha) 0 -120 very less

120-180 less

181-240 medium

241-300 average

301-360 better

>360 more than sufficient

Source: ICAR (Indian Council for Agricultural Research)

Interpretation and Conclusion of Analysis results 3.7.6

Physical Properties of Soil

The soils of study area are predominantly Sandy loam in texture. The pH of the soil is

ranges from 7.54 to 8.14. The soil being of friable consistency, the bulk density of the

soil is in the range of 1.52 to 1.72 g/cm3 whereas the porosity and water holding capacity





are in the range of 30.24 to 35.60 % and 30.24 to 33.24 % respectively. It was observed

that the Values of bulk density, porosity and water holding capacity varied according to

the soil texture. Density of soils was found to be in definite range as per the texture,

porosity and water holding capacity was found in marginal range rather poor water

holding capacity as per the texture.

Suggested Action Plan 3.7.7

To improve production capacity of soil, proper seed selection, proper crop selection, use

of fertilizers need to be done.

3.8 Meteorology

The climate in the region showed broadly four seasonal variations, namely:

Winter: December - February

Summer: March – May

Monsoon: June - September

Post-monsoon: October - November

Information presented in subsequent paragraphs is from the Indian Meteorological

Department (IMD), Long Term Climatological Tables, 1971-2000, Veraval. These tables

give useful information about a region‟s weather, since it was collected over a period of

30 years.

Long Term Meteorology of Veraval District – Secondary Data (1971 – 2000) 3.8.1

Temperature

The month from March to May are considered as hottest with increase in temperatures.

May is generally the hottest month with a mean daily maximum temperature of about

33.5°C and mean daily minimum of about 16.3°C. The highest temperature recorded at

Veraval is 44.2°C on 21th May 1959. From November, both day and night temperatures

start decreasing rapidly. December is generally the coldest month with the mean daily

maximum temperature at about 35.6°C and mean daily minimum at about 7.2°C.

Minimum temperature sometimes drops down to subzero temperatures and the lowest

temperature recorded 4.4°C on 24th January 1905.

Wind

Long- term wind direction data is presented in Table 3-7, and indicates that the

predominant wind during the study period (October, November, December)-2018 is

North-East at daytime.

Table 3-7: Predominant Wind Direction as per IMD Veraval





Predominant

Wind Direction

First Predominant

Wind Direction

Second

Predominant

wind Direction

Third Predominant

wind Direction

Month Mornin

g

Evening Mornin

g

Evening Mornin

g

Evening

January NE NW N W CALM SW

February NE W N NW NW SW

March N W NW NW NE SW

April NW W N NW W SW

May W W NW NW SW SW

June W W SW SW NW NW

July W W SW SW NW NW

August W W SW SW NW NW

September W W NW NW CALM SW

October NE SW N NW NW SW

November NE W N NW E SW

December NE W N NW CALM SW

Source: IMD Veraval

Rainfall

As per IMD station at Veraval the rainfall in region was observed to be 1628.8 mm in a

year, bulk of rainfall was received in monsoon months from June to September.

Maximum cloud cover was observed in the months of June to September.

Relative Humidity

Most humid conditions was found in the monsoons, followed by post-monsoons, winter

and summer in that order. Mornings were more humid than evenings and humidity

ranged from a high of 89-85% in monsoon mornings to a low of 57-61% in winter

evenings.

Site Specific Meteorology – Primary Data 3.8.2

Baseline meteorological data representing the Post Monsoon season 2018 (October,

November, December) was collected near project site. The parameters for which data

collected are:

Wind Speed

Wind direction

Temperature

Rainfall





Baseline Meteorological Data

Meteorological data showed that the average wind speed during the study period was

observed to be 1.93 m/sec. Wind rose diagram prepared for study period is shown as

Figure 3-6. It was observed that during study period wind blows pre dominantly from

NE and Second pre dominantly from N direction. Mean average temperature recorded

during study period was 26.5°C with mean maximum temperature of 33°C and mean

minimum of 21°C. The data obtained during the study period was compiled to obtain

average data. Compiled mean meteorological data is represented in Table 3-8.

Table 3-8: Mean Meteorological Data for Post Monsoon Season of 2018

Time Wind Speed

Temperatur

e Wind

Directio

n

Cloud

Cover Rainfall

m/sec °C Oktas mm

1 2.5 32 NE 0 0

2 1.4 28 NE 0 0

3 2.4 33 NE 0 0

4 1.7 27 NE 0 0

5 2.5 26 NE 0 0

6 2.8 30 NE 0 0

7 1.4 27 NE 0 0

8 1.2 23 NE 0 0

9 2.8 27 NE 0 0

10 2.5 25 NE 0 0

11 2.5 29 NE 0 0

12 2.5 27 NE 0 0

13 1.4 30 N 0 0

14 1.8 27 N 0 0

15 1.4 25 N 0 0

16 1.2 21 N 0 0

17 2.1 24 N 0 0

18 2.5 29 N 0 0

19 1.4 21 E 0 0

20 1.4 23 E 0 0

21 2.5 22 E 0 0

22 1.7 29 E 0 0

23 1.2 24 ENE 0 0

24 1.4 27 NNE 0 0

Average/

Predominant 1.93 26.5 NE 0 0

SHRI ARJABHAI KHIMABHAI RATHOD DRAFT EIA REPORT EIA/EMP REPORT FOR LIMESTONE MINE AT AJOTHA VILLAGE,TALUKA: VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


Figure 3-7: Wind rose diagram





On comparing the baseline data collected with the long term meteorological data it was observed

that during the monitoring season, the predominant wind direction was SW and the same was

observed from long term data. The mean average temperature recorded during the monitoring

season was at par with the long term data. Also minimal rainfall was recorded during the study

period and the same is reflected in the long term meteorological data.

Ambient Air Quality 3.8.3

In order to assess the background air quality data and also to represent the interference

from various local activities, screening technique used for identification of air quality

stations in the study area. Ambient air quality of the study area was assessed through a

network of seven ambient air quality monitoring stations to represent whole study area

including the M.L. area with at least one monitoring location in downwind and two in up

wind direction.

Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in Post Monsoon season (October,

November, December) 2018.

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location 3.8.4

The baseline status of the air quality in the study area was assessed though a scientifically

designed ambient air quality monitoring network. The selection of monitoring network

was based on the following aspects:

Predominant wind direction in the study area

Topography / terrain of the study area.

Populated area within the study area.

Residential and sensitive areas within the study area.

Magnitude of the surrounding industries.

Representation of regional background levels.

The monitoring locations are given in Table 3-9, and also shown in Figure 3-8.

Table 3-9: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

S.

No.

Area

Description

Stati

on

Code

Distan

ce

from

Minin

g lease

area

Directi

on

from

M.L.

area

Rational for

Selection of

monitoring

Location

Frequency

A Mine Site 20°53'56" AAQ

M1

- Core

Zone

Core area

The

70°28'50"





B Ajodha 20°53'36" AAQ

M2

1.53

km

SW Nearest village

Downwind

direction

sampling

was done

continuousl

y for 24

hours for

SO2, NO2,

PM 10 &

PM2.5 with a

frequency of

twice a

week on

consecutive

days for

three

months.

70°27'55"

C Bolas 20°54'56" AAQ

M3

2.17

km

NE Buffer Zone

Upwind

direction

70°29'46

D Meghpur 20°53'47" AAQ

M4

2.21

km

NW Buffer Zone

Cross Wind 70°27'45"

E Sundarpura 20°54'9" AAQ

M5

2.4

km

NE Buffer Zone

Second

Upwind

Direction

70°31'16"

F Sonariya 20°54'3" AAQ

M6

3.50

km

SW Second

Downwind

direction 70°26'34"

G Gorak

madhi

20°54'46" AAQ

M7

5.22

km

ENE Buffer Zone

Cross wind

70°28'53"

Monitoring carried out above three meter from ground level.

The stations selected were representative of the area for which monitoring was done.

There was no obstruction in the wind flow direction (away from tall building and trees)

For traffic pollution, the monitoring locations were 3 m above the street level of tar road.

Equipment‟s, reagents, filter papers and other accessories were as per NABL standard.

During monitoring cross checking was ensured.

Samples were collected, stored and transported to laboratory as per set procedures for

analysis. Following photographs show the monitoring locations (photograph 3-2).

SHRI ARJABHAI KHIMABHAI RATHOD DRAFT EIA REPORT EIA/EMP REPORT FOR LIMESTONE MINE AT AJOTHA VILLAGE,TALUKA: VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


Mine Site AAQM at Village Meghpur

AAQM at Village Ajodha AAQM at Village Bolas

AAQM at Village Sonariya AAQM at Village Sundarpada

Photograph 3-2: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location Photographs

Latitude 20°53'56"

Longitude 70°28'50"

Latitude 20°53'47"


Latitude 20°53'36"


Latitude 20°54'56"

Longitude 70°29'46

Latitude 20°54'3" Longitude 70°26'34"

Latitude 20°54'9" Longitude 70°31'16"

SHRI ARJABHAI KHIMABHAI RATHOD DRAFT EIA REPORTEIA/EMP REPORT FOR LIMESTONE MINE AT AJOTHA VILLAGE, TALUKA: VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


Figure 3-9: Key plan showing the Locations of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring





Parameters Monitored and Methodology 3.8.5

The parameters monitored were PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) & Nitrogen Oxides

(NO2). These parameters were selected based on the guidelines given by the MoEF and

the ToR issued by SEIAA Gujarat. The detailed monitoring methodology for ambient air

is given in Table 3-10.

Table 3-10: Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring

S.

No.

Parameters Test Method Range Instrument

used

Model & Make of

instrument

1 PM10 IS 5182 (Part-23)

2006,Gravimetric

CPCB Guidelines

for Ambient Air

Monitoring

5 to 1000

µg/m3

RDS

(Respirable

Dust Sampler)

APM 860

(Envirotech)

2 PM2.5 IS 5182 (Part-23)

2006,Gravimetric

CPCB Guidelines

for Ambient Air

Monitoring

5 to 1000

µg/m3

RDS

(Respirable

Dust Sampler)

with

attachment of

PM2.5

APM 860

(Envirotech)

3 SO2 IS 5182 (Part-II)

2001,Reaff.2006

5 to 100

µg/m3

Gas sampler APM411 (Envirotech)

4 NO2 IS 5182 (Part-VI)

2006

6.0 to 100

µg/m3

Gas sampler APM411 (Envirotech)

Result of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 3.8.6

Results of ambient air quality monitoring are given in Table 3-11.

Table 3-11: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results

S.

N

o

Statio

n

Code

Locatio

n

Parameter and Results

Distan

ce

Directio

n

Rational

for

Selecting

PM10 PM2.5 NO2 SO2 Free

Silica

µg/m3 µg/m

3 µg/m

3 µg/m

3 µg/m

3

1.

AAQ

M 1

Mine Site

Maximu

m 58.42 33.24 30.22 18.52

4.83

Within

Mine

Mine

Site

Core

Area

Minimu

m 50.42 26.42 20.42 14.32

2.36

98

percentil

e 58.42 32.92 29.94 18.52

4.83

2. AAQ

M 2

Village Ajodha

Maximu

m 55.46 32.16 26.52 12.62

3.42 1.53 km SW Nearest





S.

N

o

Statio

n

Code

Locatio

n

Parameter and Results

Distan

ce

Directio

n

Rational

for

Selecting

PM10 PM2.5 NO2 SO2 Free

Silica

µg/m3 µg/m

3 µg/m

3 µg/m

3 µg/m

3

Minimu

m 50.24 22.66 20.36 9.44

2.12 village

Downwind

direction 98

percentil

e 55.39 31.91 26.34 12.62

3.38

3. AAQ

M 3

Village Bolas

Maximu

m 53.22 32.44 24.45 14.96

3.16

2.17 km NE

Buffer Zone

Upwind

direction

Minimu

m 50.22 23.22 20.56 11.44

1.82

98

percentil

e 52.87 32.08 24.19 14.80

3.05

4. AAQ

M 4

Village Meghpur

Maximu

m 54.86 26.14 26.42 16.52

3.82

2.21 km NW

Buffer

Zone

Cross

Wind

Minimu

m 50.22 21.14 20.24 12.16

1.92

98

percentil

e 54.74 25.91 26.37 15.92

3.51

5. AAQ

M 5

Village Sundarpura

Maximu

m 51.24 28.14 24.56 17.42

2.94 2.4 km NE

Buffer

Zone

Second

Upwind

Direction

Minimu

m 47.34 22.34 21.12 12.14

1.92

98

percentil

e 51.33 27.39 24.54 17.28

2.88

6. AAQ

M 6

Village Sonariya

Maximu

m 54.96 29.88 27.42 16.96

3.44 3.50 km SW Second

Downwind

direction Minimu

m 51.22 27.14 24.36 14.24

2.12

98

percentil

e 54.82 29.82 27.15 16.95

3.39

7. AAQ

M 7

Village Gorak madhi

Maximu

m 52.66 31.56 38.24 19.82

2.68 5.22 km ENE Buffer

Zone

Cross wind

Minimu

m 48.24 20.12 24.34 16.32

2.12

98

percentil

e 58.63 31.41 33.64 19.24

2.67





Interpretation and conclusion of results

The above analysis report shows that since this mine is not operating and traffic on the

National Highway is also less, population in the village is not more. The baseline ambient air

quality was found to be within the permissible limits of NAAQS.

3.9 Ambient Noise

Noise is defined as an unwanted sound. The acoustic environment varies dynamically in

magnitude and character throughout in most of the communities. The noise level variation

can be temporal. It interferes with speech and hearing and is intense enough to damage

hearing or is otherwise annoying. The definition of noise as unwanted sound implies that it

has an adverse effect on human beings and their environment. Noise can also disturb natural

wildlife and ecological system. Sound is mechanical energy from a vibrating surface,

transmitted by cyclic series of compression and rarefaction of molecules of the materials

through which it passes. Sound can be transmitted through gases, liquids and solids. The

number of compressions and refractions of the air molecules in the unit of time is described

as its frequency. Frequency is expressed in hertz (Hz), which is the same as the number of

cycles per second.

Methodology of Ambient Noise Monitoring 3.9.1

Instant Sound Level Meter (SLM) was used for the collection of data related to noise at

an interval of one hour. The day noise levels were monitored during 6:00 AM to 10:00

PM and night noise levels during 10:00 PM to 6:00 AM at all the locations covered in the

study area. Measured noise level displayed as a function of time provides a useful scheme

for describing the acoustical climate of a community. Noise levels recorded at each

station were computed for equivalent noise levels. Equivalent noise level is a single

number descriptor for describing time varying noise levels. The equivalent noise level is

defined mathematically as:-

10 Log1/ T Σ (10Ln/10)

Where L = Sound pressure level a function of time dB (A)

T = Time interval of observations

Noise Monitoring Locations 3.9.2

The hourly Leq noise levels were recorded at seven locations in the study area; sampling

locations are given in Table 3-12, and also shown in Figure 3-10 & Photographs 3-3.





Table 3-12: Noise Monitoring Locations

S.

No.

Area

Description

Sample

Code

GPS

Coordinates

Distance

from

Mining

lease

area

Direction

from

M.L.

area

Rational for

Selection of

monitoring

Location

Frequency

A Mine Site NQ1 20°53'57.72" - Core

Zone

Core area

Noise was

measured once

during the

study period

for 24 hrs. The

day noise

levels have

been monitored

during 6:00

AM to 10:00

PM and night

noise levels

during 10:00

PM to 6:00

AM at all the

locations

covered in the

study area

70°28'52.42"

B Ajodha NQ2 20°53'48.89" 1.53 km SW Nearest

village

Downwind

direction

70°28'21.32"

C Bolas NQ3 20°54'54.31" 2.17 km NE Buffer Zone

Upwind

direction

70°29'41.81"

D Meghpur NQ4 20°54'28.49" 2.21 km NW Buffer Zone

Cross Wind 70°27'43.62"

E Sundarpura NQ5 20°53'54.10" 2.4 km NE Buffer Zone

Second

Upwind

Direction

70°30'41.23"

F Sonariya NQ6 20°53'59.48" 3.50 km SW Second

Downwind

direction

70°26'36.21"

G Gorak madhi NQ7 20°54'57.39" 5.22 km ENE Buffer Zone

Cross wind

70°31'55.42"



Noise monitoring at Mine Site Noise monitoring at Village Meghpur

Noise monitoring at Village Ajodha Noise monitoring at Village Bolas

Noise monitoring at Village Gorakh Mandi Noise monitoring at Village Sundarpada

Photograph 3-3: Ambient Noise Monitoring Location Photographs

Latitude: 20°54'28.49" Longitude: 70°27'43.62"

Latitude: 20°53'57.72" Longitude: 70°28'52.42"

Latitude 20°53'48.89"

Longitude 70°28'21.32" Latitude 20°54'54.31"

Longitude 70°29'41.81"

Latitude 20°54'57.39" Longitude 70°31'55.42"






Figure 3-11: Key plan showing the Locations Noise Monitoring





Results of Ambient Noise Monitoring 3.9.3

Noise readings were taken from 7 locations during the study period, and the results are

given in Table 3-13.

Table 3-13: Ambient Noise Monitoring Results

Sampling

code

Name of the

location

CPCB Limit Noise levels dB(A)

Rational for

Selection of

monitoring

Location

Leq day

(6.0 AM

TO 10.0

PM)

Leq night

(10.0 PM

TO 6.0AM)

Leq day

(6.0 AM

TO 10.0

PM)

Leq

night

(10.0 PM

TO

6.0AM)

NQ1 Mine Site 75 70 58.4 56.4 Core area

NQ2

Ajodha 55 45 40.4 38.4

Nearest village

Downwind

direction

NQ3

Bolas

55 45 39.4 36.8

Buffer Zone

Upwind

direction

NQ4 Meghpur

55 45 38.6 36.4 Buffer Zone

Cross Wind

NQ5

Sundarpura

55 45 39.4 38.6

Buffer Zone

Second

Upwind

Direction

NQ6

Sonariya

55 45 37.4 36.8

Second

Downwind

direction

NQ7

Gorak madhi

55 45 37.1 34.4

Buffer Zone

Cross wind

Generally, noise levels in public places like temples and community hall have higher values in

day time. In the study area, higher Noise level of 58.4 dB (A) was recorded during day time at

Mine site & lower Noise level of 56.4 dB (A) was recorded during night time in at Mine site

Day time Noise Levels (Leq day)

The day time (Leq day) noise levels observed in the range of 37.1 to 40.4 dB (A) in

residential area.

Night time Noise Levels (Leq night)

The night time (Leq night) Noise levels observed in the range of 34.4 to 38.4 dB (A) which

is within the prescribed limit of 45 dB (A) in residential area.

Industrial Area Noise Levels (Leq)

The noise levels at the mine site were found to be 58.4 dB (A) during day time and 56.4 dB

(A) during night time.





Interpretation and conclusion

It was observed from the noise monitoring results that the noise levels at the mine site and the

surrounding were higher side. However, within the noise standards prescribed by CPCB for

residential, sensitive and industrial areas.

3.10 Hydrology and Physiography of the Study Area

Hydrology 3.10.1

The district has a semi-arid climate. Extreme temperatures, erratic rainfall and high

evaporation are the charactistic features of this type of climate. Hydro geologically, the

district area can be broadly grouped under hard rocks comprising of “Deccan Traps” and

soft rocks comprising of “Tertiary and Alluvium”. Nearly 80% of the area is underlain by

the Deccan Traps, 19% by the Tertiaries nd the rest by Alluvium. Hydrogeological

conditions in various litho-units are described below.

a) Deccan Trap (Hard Rock):: These are essentially basaltic flows having a general

horizontal to near horizontal disposition over large area. The basaltic flows do not have

any primary porosity in the lower massive portion, but the top vesicular portion has some

primary porosity because of the vesicles formed due to the escaping gases. Both the

massive and vesicular portions have no primary permeability, as the vesicles are seldom

interconnected.

b) Supratrappean and Gaj Beds: Ground water in these series occur both under confined

and water table conditions. The upper granular bed of the series consist of limestone and

grits form a good aquifer for shallow ground water. Dugwells and dug cum bore wells

within the depth range of 20-25 m blg are constructed. The depth of the water level in the

Gaj aquifer ranges from 5 to 15 m bgl during pre-monsoon. The yield of the wells ranges

from 4 to 312m3/day and an average yield of 66m3/day.

c) Miliolitic Limestone: Ground water occurs under Phreatic conditions. These milliolite

limestone acts as a good reservoir for shallow ground water. The depth of the water level

in milliolitic limestones is generally about 5 m bgl. Open dug wells are about 10m deep.

The yield of these wells range from 100-200 m3/day.

d) Alluvium: Ground water occurs under unconfined conditions. The thickness of the

alluvium is not more than 20m. Because of its clayey nature, percolation of rain water is

very poor resulting in poor yields. The depth of water level ranges from 2 to 10 m bgl

during the pre-monsoon period. The yield of these wells hardly ecceeds 100 m3/day.

Physiography 3.10.2

Relief 3.10.3

The inland parts of the district is made up of an undulating plain broken by hills and

considerably dissected by various rivers and streams. The Girnar, a circular hill massif





made up of intrusive rocks rises to impressive heights, the highest peak, i.e., Girnar-

Gorkhnath peak attains a height of 1117 m amsl, which is also the highest peak in the

state. Numerous dykes protruding above the basaltic surface forms linear ridges. This

undulating part is fringed by coastal plains towards west and south.

Table 3-14: Physiologically, the district can be divided into three distinct units

(a) Hilly terrain with dense forest

(b) Undulating plains intersected by rivers and streams

(c) The coastal areas

The physiography of the coastal area can be further sub-divided into:

Coastal Plains

Coastal depressions

Gheds

Inland depressions

Coastal depressions

Coastal ridges

The district Gir Somnath is drained by a number of rivers. The principle among them is

Ozat. Other important fivers include Madhuvanti, Noli, Meghal, Hiran, Saraswati,

Singarva, Ingavadi, Rupen and Machhundri. The Ozar river originates near village

Merwada of the Bhesan taluka. After flowing through the district for a distance of 157

km, it debauches into the Arabian sea. The important tributaries of the Ozat river are

Uben, Bhandukia, Jhanjheshri, Fulsar and Lol. These rivers originate in the central

plateau region of Saurashtra and meanders in a radial pattern through the plains to meet

the Arabian sea.

Source:http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/49030/9/09_chapter%203.pdf





Figure 3-12: Physiography map of the study area





Interpretation and conclusion

The district Gir Somnath is bordered by Rajkot District on its north, Porbandar District

on its North West, Amreli District on its East and by the Arabian Sea on its South and

West. The present report deals with the salient features of the hydrogeological conditions

in the district and also outlines the ground water development vis-à-vis the water

requirement for irrigation, domestic and industrial needs. The inland parts of the district

is made up of an undulating plain broken by hills and considerably dissected by various

rivers and streams. This undulating part is fringed by coastal plains towards west and

south.

3.11 Water Environment

Occurrence of Ground Water 3.11.1

The water levels generally show a fall when compared to the premonsoon water levels.

The fall in general ranges from 0 m upto >4 m. Fall in water levels of > than 4 m is seen

in the central parts of Una talukas, central parts of Talala taluka, central part of Mendarda

taluka, most of the Manavadar talukas and northern extreme of Junagadh taluka. Isolated

patches of rise in water levels are also observed spread sporadically across the district.

Groundwater Resources – Secondary Data 3.11.2

The Ground Water Resources and Irrigation Potential of the district were estimated

during 2011 in collaboration with the Government of Gujarat using the methodology

suggested by “Ground Water Estimation Committee (GEC-97)”.

Table 3-15: Ground Water Resources As on 2011 (in mcm)

S.no. Taluka Total

ground

water

recharge

Annual Ground water draft Projected

demand for

domestic &

Ind. Use up

to 2025

Ground

water

availability Irrigation Dom.

& Ind.

Total

draft

1. Bhesan 8031.53 4093.60 224.00 4317.60 301.00 3235.35

2. Junagadh 12153.70 5819.20 720.00 6539.20 966.00 4760.81

3. Keshod 11818.05 6265.20. 534.00 6799.20 716.00 4245.95

4. Kodinar 12347.40 6824.50 600.0 7424.50 804.00 4101.53

5. Maliya 9399.05 4989.90 439.00 5428.90 588.00 3351.20

6. Manavadar 8539.01 4834.40 386.00 5220.40 517.00 2760.66

7. Mangrol 5652.34 2538.20 572.00 3110.20 767.00 2064.53





8. Mendarda 8670.41 4373.20 199.00 4572.20 268.00 3595.69

9. Sutrapafa 3803.28 2056.00 370.00 2426.00 497.00 10560.06

10. Talala 11634.40 6645.70 386.00 7031.70 518.00 3888.98

11. Una 15425.80 7720.70 1001.00 8721.70 1332.00 5601.81

12. Vanthali 8045.11 4842.80 295.00 5137.80 395.00 2405.06

13. Veraval 7005.31 3698.70 742.00 4440.70 995.00 1961.35

14. Visavadar 14702.21 8654.30 401.00 9055.30 539.00 4773.80

Total 137227.6 73356.4 6869 80225.4 9203 57306.78

The Total Ground Water Availability for future irrigation after projecting the demand for

domestic and industrial use up to 2025 in the district is 47806.79 MCM. It ranges from

1060.06 MCM (Sutrapara) to 5601.81 MCM (Una). The overall category of the district is

also “Safe”. The Stage of ground Water development in the district ranges from 55.51%

(Mendarda) to 67.22% (Vanthali). All talukas in the Junagadh district are of “Safe”

category.

Table 3-16: Ground Water Resources and Development

S.No. Taluka Level of Ground water

Development (%)

Category

1. Bhesan 56.59 safe

2. Junagadh 56.64 safe 3. Keshod 60.56 safe 4. Kodinar 63.29 safe 5. Maliya 60.80 safe 6. Manavadar 64.35 safe 7. Mangrol 57.92 safe 8. Mendarda 55.51 safe 9. Sutrapafa 67.15 safe

10. Talala 63.62 safe 11. Una 59.52 safe 12. Vanthali 67.22 safe 13. Veraval 66.73 safe 14. Visavadar 64.83 safe

Total 61.54 safe

Source: http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Gujarat/Junagadh.pdf

Groundwater Scenario 3.11.3

Variation of groundwater levels in an area is an important component of Hydrological cycle

because of its physical reflection of aquifer system. As the change in groundwater level is

directly related to groundwater balance and its continuous records provide direct information

of sub surface geo environmental changes due to withdrawal of groundwater. To monitor the

seasonal & annual fluctuation, change in quantity and quality of ground water, CGWB has

established, groundwater monitoring wells and piezometers in entire district.

Water Levels

http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Gujarat/Junagadh.pdf



Pre-monsoon period (May 2012): The map depicting the depth to water level has been prepared based on water level data for May 2012 collected from NHS observation wells of CGWB. The depth to water levels in Junagadh district ranged from less than 2 mbgl to more than 20 m bgl. However the water levels in Junagadh are relatively shallow and range from 5 m bgl to 20 m bgl over most of Junagadh district.

Post-monsoon period (November 2012): The depth to water level ranges from 10 to 20 m bgl over most of the Junagadh district during the post monsoon period. Isolated patches of water levels of 5-10 m bgl are abserved in the eastern extreme of Una taluka, near the northern extreme of Kodinar taluka , northern and central part of Talala taluka, central part of Vanthali taluka and northern parts of Junagadh taluka and few other places.

Source: http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Gujarat/Junagadh.pdf

Figure 3-13: Hydrology of Junagadh (Gir Somnath) District (Pre-Monsoon & Post-Monsoon)

3.12 Ground water potential and water balance in the study area

Groundwater potential and water balance study for the present and future along with

water harvesting and recharge in the area is presented below:

Water Balance study for core zone:

Annual ground water recharge in the core zone of mining lease area:

A = Average annual rainfall of the area (1.62 m)

http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Gujarat/Junagadh.pdf





B = Infiltration index 3 % in soft zone

G = Geographical area (32581.48 hect)

Infiltration Index: - 3%

Geographical Area: - 32581.48ha

Average rainfall: - 1.62 m

Ground water recharge: - Geographical area x Average rainfall x Infiltration ratio

Ground water recharge in the buffer zone: - 32581.48 x 104x 1.62 x 0.03

= 15.83 M cu m

Draft (Buffer Zone)

Irrigated land: - 16211.47 (Area ha) x 2000 (liter/day/ha) for 80 days = 2.59 M cm

Human Population: - 103099 (persons) x 50 (liter/day) x 365 = 1.88 M cm

Cattle Population: - 47425 (cattle) x 60 (liter/day) x 365 = 1.03 M cm

Mining & Other Industries: - 500 KLD x 300(days) = 0.15 M cm

Total Water Consumption: - Human Population + Other Industries + Cattle Population

+ Irrigated Land

2.59 +1.88 + 1.03 + 0.15 = 5.65 Mm3

Water Balance by Rainfall Infiltration = Ground Water recharge (buffer zone) – Total

Water Consumption

Water Balance by Rainfall Infiltration method (Buffer Zone)

15.83– 5.65 = 10.18 mcm

Water Consumption for mining work (300 days)

300 days x 3.83 KLD = 0.001149 M cm

Hence it can be inferred that plenty of groundwater is available in the area to be used for

different purposes.

Methodology of Surface and Groundwater Monitoring 3.12.1

Water samples were collected once during the study period as grab samples at identified

locations. The analysis methodology for water samples is given in Table 3-17.

Groundwater Monitoring Locations 3.12.2

Seven samples of groundwater from different sites i.e. open well and Dug wells, were

collected from the available water resources around the mine area. The quality of

groundwater was studied. The water sampling stations are marked on Figure 3-14. The

details of groundwater sampling locations and their distance & directions are given in the

Table 3-18 .





Figure 3-14: Key plan showing the Locations of Surface and Groundwater Monitoring





Table 3-18: Groundwater Sampling Locations

S.

No.

Area

Description

Latitude/Longi

tude

Stati

on

Code

Distan

ce

from

Mining

lease

area

Directio

n from

M.L.

area

Rational for

Selection of

monitoring

Location

Frequency

A Near Mine

Site

20°53'56.56"N" GW1 - Core

Zone

Near Mine

Site

Once

during the

study

period as

grab

sample

70°29'2.36"E

B Ajodha 20°53'47.92" GW2 1.53

km

SW Nearest

village

Downwind

direction

70°28'20.41"

C Bolas 20°54'54.92" GW3 2.17

km

NE Buffer Zone

Upwind

direction

70°29'41.21"

D Meghpur 20°54'28.81" GW4 2.21

km

NW Buffer

Zone

Cross Wind 70°27'43.41"

E Sundarpura 20°53'54.03" GW5 2.4 km NE Buffer

Zone

Second

Upwind

Direction

70°30'41.27"

F Sonariya 20°53'59.51" GW6 3.50

km

SW Second

Downwind

direction 70°26'36.17"

G Gorak

madhi

20°54'57.42" GW7 5.22

km

ENE Buffer

Zone

Cross wind

70°31'55.45"

SHRI ARJABHAI KHIMABHAI RATHOD DRAFT EIA REPORT EIA/EMP REPORT FOR LIMESTONE MINE AT AJOTHA VILLAGE, TALUKA: VERAVAL, JUNAGADH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


Ground water monitoring at Mine site Ground water monitoring at Village Ajodha

Ground water monitoring at Village Bolas Ground water monitoring at Village Gorakh

Mandi

Ground water monitoring at Village Meghpur Ground water monitoring at Village Sonariya

Photograph 3-4: Groundwater Monitoring Location Photographs

Latitude 20°53'56.56"" Longitude 70°29'2.36"










Groundwater Analysis Results 3.12.4

Groundwater was monitored at 7 locations within the study area during the Post Monsoon season (October, November, December) 2018,

the results are shown below.

Table 3-19: Groundwater Analysis Results

Parameter Unit Specification/

SPCB

Norms/BIS

Standards

Method Used Ground Water Samples

GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7

PH 6.5-8.5 APHA: 4500-H

+

B 23nd

Edition

7.82 7.74 7.32 7.24 7.42 8.24 7.76

Conductivity mS/m -- APHA: 2510 B.

23nd

Edition

126.0 74.0 114.0 96.0 44.8 140.0 52.0

Turbidity NTU 1 APHA: 2130-B

Nephelometric

Method 23nd

Edition

<1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0

Color Pt-Co 5 APHA: 2120-b

Visual

Comparison

Method 23nd

Edition

<5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0

COD mg/l -- APHA: 5220 B

23nd

Edition

- - - - - - -

Total

Dissolved

Solids

mg/l 500 APHA: 2540 C

23nd

Edition

772.0 446.0 520.0 576.0 310.0 946.0 314.0

Dissolved

Oxygen

(D.O)

mg/l -- APHA: 4500 O-

C 23nd

Edition

- - - - - - -

Alkalinity mg/l 200 APHA: 2320 B

Alkalinity 23nd

424.0 208.42 220.0 182.0 162.0 440.0 234.0





Edition

Chloride mg/l 250 APHA: 4500-Cl-

B 23nd

Edition

166.0 98.4 102.0 144.0 72.62 226.0 84.52

Sulphate mg/l 200 APHA: 4500-

SO4 E 23

nd

Edition

102.0 42.62 112.56 124.0 64.62 152.0 36.54

Fluoride mg/l 1.0 APHA: 4500-F-

D 23nd

Edition

0.82 0.36 0.86 0.34 0.24 0.36 0.28

Sodium mg/l -- APHA: 3500-Na

B 23nd

Edition

74.0 56.0 92.0 52.0 72.0 92.0 44.4

Potassium mg/l -- APHA: 3500-K

B 23nd

Edition

22.4 24.6 5.4 24.4 32.0 82.4 18.2

Total

Hardness

mg/l 200 APHA: 2340 C

23nd

Edition

310.0 290.0 280.0 320.0 192.0 340.32 322.0

Ca. Hardness mg/l -- APHA: 3500-Ca

B 23nd

Edition

262.4 182.4 194.0 272.0 168.4 282.0 246.0

Calcium as Ca mg/l 75 APHA: 3500-Ca

B 23nd

Edition

105.16 73.10 77.75 109.02 67.49 113.04 98.59

Mg. Hardness mg/l -- APHA: 3500-

Mg B 23nd

Edition

47.6 107.10 86.0 48.0 23.6 58.32 76.0

Magnesium as

Mg

mg/l 30 APHA: 3500 –

Mg B 23nd

Edition

11.60 26.21 20.94 11.69 5.75 14.21 30.46

Amm.

Nitrogen

mg/l -- IS 3025 (PP 34)

1988 (RA 2014)

0.54 0.32 0.92 1.12 0.44 0.62 1.26

Nitrate mg/l 45 IS 3025 (Part

34)

(3) 1988 (RA

2014)

0.24 2.56 0.84 2.16 2.52 3.16 0.82

Phosphate mg/l -- APHA: 4500-

PC 23nd

Edition

1.64 2.52 1.24 2.24 2.64 0.62 2.24

Cadmium mg/l 0.003 APHA: 3111 B <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1





23nd

Edition

Copper mg/l 0.05 APHA: 3111 B

23nd

Edition

<0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

Iron mg/l 0.3 APHA: 3500

Fe-B 23nd

Edition

0.42 0.28 0.98 0.26 0.42 0.32 0.36

Lead mg/l 0.01 APHA: 3111 B

23nd

Edition

<0.15 <0.15 <0.15 <0.15 <0.15 <0.15 <0.15

Manganese mg/l 0.1 APHA: 3111 B

23nd

Edition

<0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

Zinc mg/l 5 APHA: 3111 B

23nd

Edition

<0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06 <0.06





Observation & Interpretation

The analysis results shows that the pH for the ground water samples GW1, GW2, GW3, GW4,

GW5, GW6 and GW7 ranged from 7.24 to 8.24 indicating slightly alkaline in nature. The TDS

(Total Dissolved Solids) were found to be in the range 310 mg/l to 946 mg/ l which is within the

permissible limit of 2000 mg/l. Total Hardness of Ground water samples in the study area was

found to be 192-340.32 mg/l which is within permissible limit. Alkalinity indicates better

buffering capacity of water and ranges between 162 – 440.0 mg/l.

Fluoride content varies from 0.24 mg/l – 0.86 mg/l which is within permissible limit. The overall

ground water quality in the study area was found to be mineralized with respect to total dissolved

solids (310 mg/l to 946 mg/l), chloride (84.52 mg/l to 226.0 mg/l), sulphate (36.54 mg/l to 152

mg/l) and hardness.

3.13 Surface Water

Surface Water Monitoring Location 3.13.1

The surface water samples were taken from 2 locations during the Post Monsoon season

of 2018; the location details are given in below

Table 3-20: Surface Water Monitoring Locations

S. No. Area Description Sample

Code

Distance from

M.L. area(km)

Direction

from M.L.

area

Frequency

A Saraswti River

Upstream SW1 1.4 South

Once during

the study

period as grab

sample B

Saraswti River

Down stream SW2 2.0 North



Surface water Monitoring at Saraswti River

Photograph 3-5: Surface water Monitoring Location Photographs

Surface Water Monitoring Results 3.13.2

The monitoring results are given in Table 3-21.

Table 3-21: Surface Water Monitoring Results S. No. Parameter Unit River (Upstream) River (Down

stream) 1. PH 7.78 8.04

2. Conductivity mS/m 109.4 65.4

3. Turbidity NTU 0.1 0.1

4. Color Pt-Co <1.0 <1.0

5. COD mg/l 15.0 18.0

6. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 744.0 412.0

7. Dissolved Oxygen (D.O) mg/l 2.0 1.5

8. Alkalinity mg/l 360.0 196.0

9. Chloride mg/l 233.58 107.46

10. Sulphate mg/l 53.43 53.42

11. Fluoride mg/l 0.20 0.14

12. Sodium mg/l 5.6 23.0

Latitude 20°53'36" Longitude 70°27'55





13. Potassium mg/l 1.8 12.0

14. Total Hardness mg/l 336.33 209.07

15. Ca. Hardness mg/l 90.90 90.90

16. Calcium as Ca mg/l 36.43 36.43

17. Mg. Hardness mg/l 245.33 118.17

18. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 59.64 28.72

19. Amm. Nitrogen mg/l 9.68 0.46

20. Nitrate mg/l 2.46 0.33

21. Phosphate mg/l 6.60 0.76

22. Cadmium mg/l <1.0 <0.1

23. Copper mg/l 0.03 0.02

24. Iron mg/l 0.16 0.16

25. Lead mg/l <0.15 <0.15

26. Manganese mg/l 0.04 0.02

27. Zinc mg/l <0.06 1.42

Observation and Interpretations

Surface water samples were collected, analyzed and compared with Indian standard for

drinking water 10500:2012, pH value was found to be 7.78 to 8.04 which indicate that

surface water is alkaline in nature, TDS was found to be 412 mg/l to 744. Dissolve

oxygen were found about 1.5 to 2.0 mg/l. It is seen that the physicochemical analysis of

other parameters like chloride, calcium, magnesium, nitrate and fluoride were found

within the desirable limit. The overall surface water quality of the available sources

within the study area was found to be good physico-chemically with respect to all the

parameters. There is no organic load-observed in the sources monitored indicating no

pollution load in the source.

3.14 Biological Environment

Objective of the study 3.14.1

The objectives of this study were as follows:

To collect baseline data for the study along with a description of the existing

terrestrial, wetland and aquatic vegetation.

To assess scheduled species in the proposed site (rare, endangered, critically

endangered, endemic and vulnerable).

To identify locations and features of ecological significance.





To identify Impact of proposed project before, after and during development phase

Threats to Biodiversity 3.14.2

Species extinction is one of the major outcomes of the threats to biological diversity. Extinction

of a species can lead to the loss of a factor that was responsible for keeping the ecosystem

balanced, thereby misbalancing it to some extent. Loss of species not only affects the ecosystem

globally but also has a huge impact locally. Some of the factors which threaten the species

extinction are mentioned as follows:

Pollution

Habitat Loss

Invasion of non-native species

Climate Change

Over Hunting

Amongst these above mentioned factors, the first two are the main factors responsible for loss in

floral diversity. One of the main reasons behind the increasing pollution in the environment is the

advent of industrialization in the modern civilization. Mining industry is an integral part of the

industrialization and modernization. Different stages of mining have different effects on the

environment. Mining activities render the area barren thereby creating loss of habitat for the

plants previously present there and also, after mining the land gets filled with harmful chemicals

and industrial wastes which make the environment too polluted for any kind of vegetative

propagation.

Conservation of Biodiversity 3.14.3

The gradual and steady decrease of the forest lands in tropical countries has grabbed the attention

of many researchers and they have been working to make the tropical forests 10 more productive

while taking care of maintaining the biodiversity too. The first priority for the maintenance of

biodiversity is to decrease logging and to increase area for forests and restricting the forests for

deforestation activities. Halting the building of roads and stopping commercial logging practices

are the main mechanisms that need to be followed for the conservation of forests.

But since, mining cannot be abolished because that will bring a huge blow to the economy,

special measures should be taken in order to conserve the biodiversity. The area of land under

mining activities should be carefully monitored for the kind of vegetation and environmental

conditions that the area experiences. Accordingly, the area should be replanted after the mining

activities are over. Also, a broader area around the core mining area, which is called the buffer





area, should be monitored too. The buffer area is generally the area of about 10km radius around

the core area. For every loss in the core area, there should be equal or more plantations in the

buffer area for the compensation of the loss in biodiversity. Only when all these requirements are

met with, should there be a clearance for the mining activities in ore-rich areas. If these

conditions are properly met with, conservation of biodiversity would be taken care of.

Project Affected area (Mine Lease Area) 3.14.4

The dominant trees in the study area are Azadirachta indica (Neem) and Aegle marmelos (Bel).

The dominant shrub community in this area was represented by Prosopis juiliflora (Vilayti

Bavai) etc. The shrubs observed in the study area are given in the below table.

Methodology for Flora Survey 3.14.5

Flora 3.14.6

The study on the floral assessment for the project activity was based on field survey of the

area. Quadrate Method: Frame quadrants, or often simply called quadrants, were used to

define sample area within the study site. Plant species inside the quadrants were identified

and their abundance estimated to work out the densities of various species. The locations of

the quadrants chosen was representative to various vegetation types present within the study

area and usually 10 nos. of quadrates were sampled to obtain more representative results.

The plant species were also identified with the help of taxonomists of related fields and

nearby Institutions. Besides the collection of plant species, information was also collected

with vernacular names of plant species made by local inhabitants. In this process, the whole

study area was divided into different sections to get the maximum diversity of plant species.

The sampling sites were selected based on land use pattern, topography and floristic

composition of the study area. The other relevant data on bio-diversity, like economically

important plant species and medicinal plant, information related to rare and endangered

species in the study area had been collected from secondary sources like forest and wild life

departments. The plant species found in the area are mentioned below:-

Flora in Study Area 3.14.7

A general floral survey was carried out for the study area. List of flora found in the study

area and buffer zone is given in Table 3-22.

Table 3-22: Flora Recorded in Study area

S. No. Vernacular

Name

Botanical Name Family Core

Area

Buffer Area

1 Khair Acacia Catechu Leguminosae + +

2 Haldu Adina Cordifolia Rubiaceae - +





S. No. Vernacular

Name


Area

Buffer Area

3 Bel Aegle marmelos Rutacease - +

4 Siris Albizzia Lebbek Leguminosae - +

5 Neem Azadirachta Indica Meliaceae + +

6 Amaltas Cassia Fistula Leguminosae - +

7 Lasura Cordia Dicotoma Boraginaceae - +

8 Shisham Dalbergia Sissoo Leguminosae - +

9 Amla Embica Offcinalis Euphorbiaceae - +

10 Safeda Eucalyptus Hybrid Myrtaceae - +

11 Peepal Ficus Religiosa Urticaceae - +

12 Mahua Madhuca Indica Sapotaceae - +

13 Aam Mangifera Indica Anacardiaceae - +

14 Sagwan Tectona Grandis Verbenaceae - +

15 Ber Zizypush Mauritiana Rhamnace - +

16 Willow Salix Tetrasperma Salicaceae - +

17 Tendu Diospyros Towentosa Ebenaceae - +

18 Gullar Ficus Glomerata Urticaceae - +

19 Khajur Phoenix Sylvestris Palmae - +

20 Jamun Syzygium Cuminii Myrtaceae - +

21 Safed siros Albizzia procera Mimosaceae - +

22 Palash Butea monosperma Casurinaceae - +

23 Nariyal Cocos nucifera Arecaceae + +

24 Sujawal Lucaeana leucocephala mimosaceae - +

25 Jangli jalebi Pithocelobium dulce Mimosaceae - +

26 Imli Tamarindus indica Fabaceae - +

27 Arjuna Terminalia arjuna Combretaceae - +

28 Teak Tectona grandis Lamiaceae - +

29 Dhavdo Anogeissus latifolia Combretaceae - +

30 Sadad Terminalia crenulata Combretaceae - +

31 Timru Diospyros Melanoxylon Ebenaceae - +

32 Moledi Lannnea coromandelica Anacardiaceae - +

33 Kadayo Sterculia urens Malvaceae - +

34 Jambun Syzgium cumini Myrtaceae - +

35 Karanj Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae - +

36 Umro Ficus racemosa Moraceae - +





S. No. Vernacular

Name


Area

Buffer Area

37 Bahedo Terminalia bellerica Combretaceae - +

38 Asundro Bauhinia racemosa Fabaceae - +

(B)Shrubs and Herbs in Study Area

S.

No.

Vernacular

Name


Area

Buffer

Area

1. Aak Callicarpa Macrophylea Verbenaceae + +

2. Chirehitta Achyranthes Aspera Amarantaceae - +

3. Karaunda Carrissa Occidentalis Apocynaceae - +

4. Nakli Bhabbar Eriophorum Comosum Cyperaceae - +

5. Lantana Lantana Camara Verbenaceae + +

6. Nut grass Cyperus rotundus Cyperaceae + +

7. Gandhela Murraya Koenigii Rutaceae - +

8. Kaner Nerium Indicum Apocynaceae - +

9. Asgandh Withania Somnifera Solanceae - +

10. Bathuwa Chinopodium Album Amaranthaceae - +

11. Aradu, Ban Solonum Erianthum Solanceae - +

12. Maltha Zizyphus Nummularia Rhacnaceae - +

(C)Climbers in Study Area S.

No.

Vernacular

Name


Area

Buffer

Area

1. Dudhi Cryptolepis Buchanani Apocynaceae - +

2. Agla Acacia Pennata Leguminose - +

3. Kainju Bel Caesalpinia Sepiaria Sapindaceae - +

4. Maljhan Bauhinia vahlii Leguminosae - +

5. Sural Pueraria Truberosa Leguminosae - +

6. Gajpipper Scindapsus Officianlis Araceae - +

7. Balkangu Clematis Gouriana Ranuculaceae - +

8. Buddhi Bel Vallaris Solancea Apocunaceae - +

9. Patera Typha Elephantina Typhaceae - +

(D)Grasses in Study Area

S

No.

Vernacular

Name


Area

Buffer

Area

1. Dab Desmostachya Bipinnata Gramineae + +

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amaranthaceae





2. Dub Cynodon Dactypon Gramineae + +

3. Sarkanda Erianthus Munja Gramineae - +

4. Kans Sacharum Spontaneum Gramineae - +

5. Bhabbar Eulaliposis Gramineae - +

Where, A=Absent, P=Present

Photograph 3-6: Photographs of Flora of Study area

Faunal Diversity 3.14.8

To prepare a detailed report on the status of wildlife biodiversity within 10 km radial area

(Study Area) and to assess the impacts due to mining activity and suggesting suitable

mitigation measures to protect and conserve wildlife biodiversity, following components

were studied:

a) Wildlife survey (diversity)

b) Habitat study (feeding, breeding, roosting areas)

c) Distribution of birds

d) Rare & Endangered species of fauna

e) Specific local characteristics of biodiversity in study area





Methodology for Faunal Study 3.14.9

Primary Data Collection: Several survey techniques such as standard walk transect,

visual encounter survey and pitfall trap methods were used to sampling reptiles in each

and every habitat of the study area. While doing this survey, photographs were taken for

identification of species. Species identification was done by using standard field guides in

consultation with experts.

Secondary data Collection: Methodology aspects were also reviewed by the references

of Springer International Publishing Switzerland 2015 S. Nautiyal et al.

Table 3-23: Survey and monitoring techniques for different types of animals

S.No Group of Animal Survey and Monitoring Techniques

1.

Mammals Direct observation

technique

Surveying large and medium sized

mammals and diurnal mammals

Bait traps Bait traps Small mammalian groups

Line transect method All mammals

Pellet count method Large mammals

2. Birds Line transect method A straight line of 1 km is drawn, and all

birds seen or heard till a range of 25 m

on either side of the transect were

recorded. The transect was worked for

one hour

Point count method In this method, the observer will stand in

a randomly chosen point and birds seen

or heard in 50 m radius are recorded for

5 min. This observation is repeated in

another point at least 300 m from the

first point.

Opportunistic

sightings

While traveling in study area, many bird

species will be detected in survey time.

Such species are recorded by their

appearance or by their call.

3. Reptiles Visual encounter

survey

This method is useful for studying the

species richness and abundance in a

survey path

Pitfall trap Methods were used to sampling reptiles

in each and every habitat of the study

area

4. Amphibians Visual encounter

survey

By using vocal sound and photographs,

the amphibian species were identified

Status of Fauna 3.14.10

All three sites of the projected affected area are completely covered with grasses and have

no major faunal diversity. Therefore we prepared a complete checklist of fauna from project

affected area and surrounding of project affected area. The list of fauna along with their





relative abundance, global and national conservation priority status recorded during the

survey is given in the Table 3-24.

Table 3-24: Fauna Recorded in Study area

S. No Scientific Name Common Name Status Core

Zone

Buffer

Zone

Mammals

1. Boselaphustragoca

melus

Nilgai Sch. III A P

2. Canis aureus Jackal Sch. II A P

3. Felis chaus Jungle cat Sch. II A P

4. Funambulus pennant Five-striped Palm

Squirrel

Sch. IV P P

5. Herpestes edwardsi Common mongoose Sch. IV P P

6. Hyaena hyaena Striped Hyena Sch. III A P

7. Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare Sch. IV A P

8. Rattus rattus House Rat Sch. IV P P

Reptiles

9. Calotes versicolar Indian garden lizard - P P

10. Calotes Sp Indian garden lizard - P P

11. Echis carinatus Indian saw scaled viper Sch. IV A P

12. Hemidactylus

flaviviridis

Yellow-green house

gecko

- A P

13. . Ptyas mucosa Indian rat snake Sch. II A P

Amphibian

14. Euphlictis

cyanphylictis

Indian skipping frog Sch. IV A P

15. Fejevarya

limnocharis

Cricket frog Sch. IV A P

16. Hoplobarahus

tigerinus

Indian bull frog Sch. IV A P

Table 3-25: List of Birds

Common name Scientific Name Family Status

Little grebe Tachybaptus ruficollis [LC] Podicipitidae Schedule-IV

White pelica Pelecanus onocrotalus [LC] Pelecanidae Schedule-IV

Jalakaag Phalacrocorax niger [LC] Phalacrocoracidae Schedule-IV

Shag Phalacrocorax carbo [LC] Phalacrocoracidae Schedule-IV

Indian darter Anhinga melanogaster [NT] Phalacrocoracidae Schedule-IV

Taalaab bagula Ardeola grayii [LC] Ardeidae Schedule-IV

Bagula Ardea cinerea [LC] Ardeidae Schedule-IV

Bagula Ardea purpurea [LC] Ardeidae Schedule-IV

Bagula Butorides striatus [LC] Ardeidae Schedule-IV

Black-crowned

night heron.

Nycticorax nycticorax [LC] Ardeidae Schedule-IV

Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis [LC] Ardeidae Schedule-IV

Saphed bagula Casmerodius albus [LC] Ardeidae Schedule-IV

Little egret Egretta garzetta [LC] Ardeidae Schedule-IV





Saaras Mycteria leucocephala [NT] Ciconidae Schedule-IV

Asian Woolly

neck

Ciconia episcopus [VU] Ciconidae Schedule-IV

Saaras Ephippiorhynchus asiaticus [NT] Ciconidae Schedule-IV

Black-headed ibis Threskiornis melanocephalus

[NT]

Threskiornithidae Schedule-IV

Red-naped Ibis Pseudibis papillosa [LC] Threskiornithidae Schedule-IV

Shelduck Tadorna ferruginea [LC] Anatidae Schedule-IV

Batakh Sarkidiornis melanotos [LC] Anatidae Schedule-IV

Fulvous Duck

Dendrocygna bicolor [LC] Anatidae Schedule-IV

White-breasted

waterhen

Amaurornis phoenicurus [LC] Rallidae Schedule-IV

Common moorhen Gallinule chloropus [LC] Rallidae Schedule-IV

Samudree kauva Vanellus indicus [LC] Charadriidae Schedule-IV

Pacific golden

plover

Pluvialis fulva [LC] Charadriidae Schedule-IV

Little ringed

plover

Charadrius dubius [LC] Charadriidae Schedule-IV

Redshank Tringa tetanus [LC] Charadriidae Schedule-IV

Pied Kingfisher Ceryle rudis [LC] Alcedinidae Schedule-IV

Kingfisher Alcedo atthis [LC] Alcedinidae Schedule-IV

White-breasted

Kingfisher

Halcyon smymensis [LC] Alcedinidae Schedule-IV

Gauraiya Passer domesticus [LC] Passeridae Schedule-IV

Kaua Corvus splendens [LC] Corvidae Schedule-V [NT] = NEAR THREATENED, [VU] = VULNERABLE, [CR] = CRITICAL

ENDANGERED, [LC] = LEAST CONCERN

Table 3-26: List of Butterflies

S. No. Family/Species Relative abundance

PIERIDAE

1. Common Emigrant, Catopsilia crocale Common 2. Common Grass Yellow, Eurema hecabe Very Common

NYMPHALIDAE 1. Common Leopard, Phalantha phalantha Fairly Common 2. Lemon Pansy, Precis lemonias Common 3. Great Eggfly, Hypolimnas bolina Common 4. Common Castor, Ariadne merione Uncommon 5. Plain tiger, Danaus chrysippus Common 6 Danaid Eggfly, Hypolimnas misippus Common

Photograph 3-7: Photographs of Aquatic fauna of Study area

http://www.iucnredlist.org/details/22679746/0

http://www.iucnredlist.org/details/22679746/0





3.15 Agriculture Activity

The most part of the district is leveled. So the leveled area is fertile for agriculture purpose. The

black cotton soil is composed largely of clay material. Agriculture and its allied activities are the

main occupation in the district.

There is a change in double/multiple cropped area due to partition of Gir Somnath District. No

Major change in cropping pattern is noticed. The District is covered under ICDP (Integrated

Cereal development Programme) (Wheat) and NODP for oilseeds production. However, the area

under wheat, groundnut and cotton is increased considerably during the recent past.

The main crops of the district are groundnut followed by cotton, Bajra, Wheat, Cumin, Onion,

etc.

The area of Cropping Pattern of the district as under (in Hectors):

a. Double/multiple Cropped area : 146630

b. Percentage of Double/multiple Cropped area to net area sown : 28.78%

c. Total cultivable area : 287863

Source: Krishi Vigyan Kendra, Gir Somnath, http://girsomnath.kvk8.in/district-profile.html

Table 3-27: Major Field crops cultivated in study area

S. No. Major field crops Major Horticultural crops

1 Groundnut Mango

2 Cotton Sapota Chiku

3 Bajra Banana

4 Pulses Cotris

http://girsomnath.kvk8.in/district-profile.html





5 Sugarcane Coconut

Status of Agricultural Activity 3.15.1

Status of agriculture crops was assessed only in the buffer zone covering outside the sanctuary

area. The list of species was prepared based on the casual observation while collecting data in and

around the agriculture habitat.

Table 3-28: Major Field crops cultivated in district

S. No. Botanical Name Family Local Name Type

Grain crops

1. Pennisetum typhoides A. Rich. Poaceae Bajri, Bajaro Herb

2. Cajanus cajan (L.) Millsp Fabaceae Tuver Herb

3. Vigna radiate (L.)wilczek.Var.

radiata

Fabaceae Udad Herb

4. Ricinus communis L. Euphorbiaceae Arando, Divel Shrub

5. Zea mays L. Poaceae Makai Grass

Fruit crops

6. Annona reticulate L. Annonaceae Ramphal Small Tree

7. Psidium guajava L. Myrtaceae Jamphal Tree

8. Citrus aurantifolia (Chr.)

Swingle

Rutaceae Kag Ji Limbu Small Tree

9. Citrus limon (L.) Burm. f. Rutaceae Limbu Shrub

10. Phyllantus embelica Euphorbiaceae Amala Small tree

Vegetable Crops

11. Capsicum annuum L. var

acuminatum Fingerh.

Solanaceae Marchi Herb

12. Cucumis sativus L. Cucurbitaceae Kakadi Climber

13. Momordica charantia L Cucurbitaceae Karela Climber

14. Lycopersicon lycopersicum

(L.) Karst.

Solanaceae Tamata, Herb

15. Daucus carota L. var.sativa Apiaceae Gajar Under Shrub

Photograph 3-8: Photographs of Agricultural activity in Study area





3.16 Socio Economic Environment of the Study Area

There is no habitation falling within the core zone. Socio-economic study is an essential

part of environmental study is socio-economic environment incorporating various facts

related to socio-economic conditions in the area, dealing with the total environment. Socio

economic study includes demographic structure of the area, provision of basic amenities

viz., housing, education, health & medical services, occupation, water supply, sanitation,

communication, transportation, prevailing diseases pattern as well as feature of aesthetic

significance such as temples, historical monuments etc. This would help in visualizing and

predicting the possible impacts depending upon the nature and magnitude of the project.

Socio-economic study of an area provides a good opportunity to assess the socioeconomic

conditions of it. This study will possibly make a change in living and social standards of

the particular area benefitted due to the Project. The gross economic condition of the area

will be increased substantially due to the existence of this project. It can undoubtedly be

said that this project will provide direct and indirect employment and improve the

infrastructural facilities and standards of living of the area. The fabrics of socio-economic

changes are so complicated that this study would seem to be extremely limited, almost

superficial and at time subjective in nature. More thorough and quantified socio-economic

study will undoubtedly require vastly longer time and resources and is, therefore, beyond

the scope of the present EIA study. The EIA will give a reasonably clear picture about the

socio-economic conditions prevailing in the study area.

Objective of Socio Economic Study 3.16.1

The objectives of this socio-economic study are:

To conduct socio-economic assessment study in Project Area.

To know the current socio-economic situation in the region to cover the subsectors of

education, health, sanitation, water and food security.

To recommend practical strategic interventions in the sector.

To help in providing better living standards.

To provide employment opportunities.

Scope of Study 3.16.2

The scope of socio economic study is as follows:

To study the Socio-economic Environment of area from the secondary sources.

To develop a questionnaire for SIA Survey.

Data Collection & Analysis.

Prediction of project impact.

Mitigation Measures





Methodology 3.16.3

For socioeconomic study, both qualitative and quantitative methods were adopted. Data

regarding the demographic structure was collected from the secondary sources (published

data, website of Directorate of Census for Gir Somnath District, Panchayat, Veraval,

etc.).

Primary sources include data collected through direct field sampling, observations based

on schedules, questionnaires etc. distributed to the local persons, senior citizen,

Government officials of district and official of villages, Panchayat etc. with interactions

and discussions through meetings.

A suitable format of Questionnaires was developed by us & survey was conducted.

To know the perception of local people about the Limestone mining in the area, a field

survey was conducted during Post Monsoon Season (October, November, December)

2018. The target groups were selected from villages of core and buffer area of Veraval

Tehsil.

Focus Group Discussion (FGD) and Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA) techniques are

the two important tools of participatory method used in the field. Household level

contacts and interviews were undertaken with each family for completing the household

socio-economic profile. For individual farmers and community members, qualitative

interviews were conducted since this approach allows a more in-depth investigation,

perception and opinion about the project. It also allows people to speak for themselves

without their answers being biased by predetermined hypothesis-based questions. The

questionnaire was basically focused to gather respondents´ views about the project.

Desk research is the major methodology adopted for the study which involves

researching, compiling and analyzing the data. The 10 km radial distance from the

boundary of the ML area including core zone of the mine area was studied.

Socio economic aspects including human settlements, demography and infrastructural

aspects for education, health, drinking water, power supply, communication and the land

use aspects are collected compiled and analyzed with the help of census data 2011 and

district census handbook 2011 of Gujarat.

The details of the study area as follows:

Demography details

Employment details

Infrastructure facilities

Land use details

Survey observations

Opinion and awareness regarding project

Quality of life





45%

44%

0%

1%

5% 5%

Demography of the Study Area

Genaral M

General F

ST Male

ST Female

SC Male

SCFemale

Background of Study Area 3.16.4

The study area is defined as 5 km & 10 km radius of the periphery of mine lease

boundary. About 25 villages of Taluka Veraval District Gir Somnath was falling in this

study area. The socio-economic parameters i.e. population growth, density, literacy etc.

played an important role in determining the impact of the proposed activity directly or

indirectly on the human population of the study area. These impacts may be beneficial or

detrimental.

Demography of the Study Area 3.16.5

Table 3-29: Demography of the Study Area

Source: Census 2011

Sr

.N

o.

Range

Total

Village

s

Total

HH

Total Population Total Population ST Total Population SC

Total Male Fem

ale Total Male

Fem

ale Total Male Female

1 5.0 km 7 3240 19489 9810 9679 90 40 50 2754 1430 1324

2

5.0 to

10.0

km

18 1429

0 83610

4255

8

4105

2 765 380 385 7802 3970 3832

Total 25 1753

0

10309

9

5236

8

5073

1 855 420 435 10556 5400 5156





27%

12%

24%

37%

Working and Non-Working Population of Study Area

Working Male

Working Female

Non Work Male

Non Work Female

Figure 3-15: Demography of the Study Area

Working and Non-Working Population 3.16.6

Table 3-30: Working and Non-Working Population of Study Area

Sr

.N

o.

Ran

ge

To

tal

Vil

lag

es

Total

Popul

ation

Working

Population Main Working

Marginal

Working Non-Working

Tota

l Male

Fe

mal

e

Tota

l

Mal

e

Fe

mal

e

Tot

al

M

ale

Fe

mal

e

Tota

l

Mal

e

Fema

le

1 5.0

km 7

19489 7732 5163

256

9 6575 4942

163

3

115

7

22

1 936

1175

7

464

7 7110

2

5 to

10.0

km

18 83610

3238

1

2276

3

961

8

2873

8

2175

7

698

1

364

3

10

06

263

7

5122

9

197

95 31434

Total 25 10309

9

4011

3

2792

6

121

87

3531

3

2669

9

861

4

480

0

12

27

357

3

6298

6

244

42 38544

Figure 3-16: Working and Non-Working Population of the Study Area





28%

24%

1%

35%

5%

5%

0%

2%

Occupational Structure in Study Area

Main Cultivator

Main Agriculture Labour

Main Household Industries

Main Other Working

Marginal Cultivator

Marginal Agriculture Labour

Marginal HouseholdIndustries

Marginal Other Working

Occupational Structure 3.16.7

Table 3-31: Occupational Structure in Study Area

Sr.No. Range Total

Villages

Total

Population

Working

Population

Main

Cultivator

Main

Agriculture

Labour

Main

Household

Industries

Main

Other

Working

Marginal

Cultivator

Marginal

Agriculture

Labour

Marginal

Household

Industries

Marginal

Other

Working

1 5.0

km 7 19489 7732

2740

2401

27

1407

663

389

2

103

2

5.0 to

10.0

km

18 83610

32381

8555

6977

504

12702

1129

1668

80

766

Total 25 103099 40113 11295 9378 531 14109 1792 2057 82 869

Figure 3-17: Occupational Structure of the Study Area





38%

24%

15%

23%

Educational Status of Study Area

Literates Male

Literates Female

Illiterates Male

Illiterates Female

Educational Status 3.16.8

Table 3-32: Educational Status of Study Area

Sr.No. Range Total

Villages

Population Literates Illiterates

Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female

1 5.0 km 7

19489 9810 9679 12533 7137 5396 6956 2673 4283

2 5.0 to 10.0

km 18

83610 42558 41052 52330 30353 21977 31280 12205 19075

Total 25 103099 52368 50731 64863 37490 27373 38236 14878 23358

Figure 3-18: Educational Status of the Study Area

Infrastructure Facilities in the Study Area 3.16.9

Infrastructure is basic physical and organizational structures needed for the operation of a

society or enterprise, or the services and facilities necessary for an economy to

function. It can be generally defined as the set of interconnected structural elements that

provide framework supporting an entire structure of development. It is an important term

for judging a country or region's development. The term typically refers to the technical





structures that support a society, such educational institutions, medical facilities, banking

facilities, telecommunications and so forth, and can be defined as "the physical

components of interrelated systems providing commodities and services essential to

enable, sustain, or enhance societal living conditions.

The area is well connected to road network, communication facilities, and amenities like

hospitals, schools, post offices and others. The mining operations can well utilize these

facilities in the region for running the operations and development of business activities.

Drinking Water Facility 3.16.10

Drinking water is the primary need for survival of the men, animal and plant kingdom.

The state spent thousand and thousand Crore rupees to provide drinking water to the

population of the state. Below Table shows that the region gets drinking water from dug

wells, tube wells and hand pumps. It indicates that the water is directly consumed without

treatment.

Table 3-33: Drinking Water Facilities in the Study Area

Sr. No. Range Total

Villages

Well

Water

Tank

Water

Tube Well

Water

Hand

Pump

1. Core Area Nil No No No No

2 5.0 km radius

area 7

YES YES YES YES

3 5.0 km radius

area 18

YES YES YES YES

Total 25 YES YES YES YES

Source: Census 2011

3.17 Primary Socio Economic Survey

Sampling Method 3.17.1

A judgmental and purposive sampling method was used for choosing respondents of

various sections of the society i.e. Sarpanch, adult male and female, teachers, medical

practitioners, business persons, agriculture laborers, fishermen, unemployed group etc.

Judgmental and purposive sampling method includes the right cases from the total

population that helps to the exact situation and views of the people about the project.

For survey purpose, selection of villages was performed within 10 km study area

covering core and buffer zone of mine area. Total 7 villages were selected and surveyed.

Proportionate and purposive sampling methods were used for selecting respondents (male





and female) for household survey. For official information of village, sarpanch /

grampanchayat member / govt. school / teacher has been chosen. Structured

questionnaire were used for survey. For group discussion, Panchayat bhavan,

Aanganwadi bhavan, community halls were used for survey team. Household survey,

group discussion & discussion with sarpanch carried out as given in plate 3-9

Types of Data

The data needed for a social science research may be broadly classified into:

Data pertaining to human beings,

Data relating to organization,

Data pertaining to territorial.

Field Survey and Observations

Type of houses

Literacy, education facilities

Type of occupation farmers / Labours

Health, medical facilities

Drinking water facilities

Daily wages

Inundation / Flooding

Drowning

Sanitation

Transportation

Road connectivity

Communication Facilities

Field survey involved the collection of primary data or information that was new. This

was collected through surveys and questionnaires that are made out specifically for this

purpose. Observations were conducted on nearly any subject matter and the kinds of

observations were depending on survey question. Field survey and observations were

made at each sampling village and the quality of life was studied. Visits were made at

hospitals, primary health centers and sub-centers to know the health status of the region.

Interview Method

Interview is verbal questioning. Surveys were also conducted through interviews.

Interviews were conducted through asking questions, listening to individuals and

recording their responses. At times, it was found that it was more beneficial to ask

questions to a few individuals instead of carrying out a large-scale questionnaire based

survey. The interviews were conducted very informally. In these meetings, one question

leads to the next based on the responses given to the previous one. At the other end of the

scale, highly structured interviews often rely on questionnaires or interviews held with

mostly closed-ended questions that allowed the respondents only a limited range of





possible answers. Structured interview method was used to collect data regarding the

awareness and

from the sample selected of the various socio- economic sections of the community. The

questionnaire mainly highlights the parameters of primary needs. The interview method

has an advantage that almost all the perfect sample of the general population was to be

reached and respond to the approach. Interview method helped to collect more correct

and accurate information as the interviewer was present during the field survey.

Awareness and Opinion 3.17.2

Awareness is the state or ability to perceive, to feel, or to be conscious of events, objects

or sensory patterns. In this, level of consciousness, sense data can be confirmed by an

observer without necessarily implying understanding. In general, an opinion is a

subjective belief, and is the result of emotion or interpretation of facts. An opinion may

be supported by an argument, although people may draw opposing opinions from the

same set of facts. For assessing the awareness and opinion about the project activity,

socio-economic survey was conducted in the sampling villages.

Public opinion is the aggregate of individual attitudes or beliefs. It is very important to

take opinion of the villagers about the project. The awareness will only not promote

community participation but also enable them to understand the importance of the project

and encourage them to express their views. To know the awareness and opinion of the

villagers about the project, group discussion, meeting with school teachers / village

leaders were carried out in the study area.

The salient observations drawn through survey are given below:

The respondents from almost all the villages were aware about the project activity.

Some of the respondents have very good opinion about the project and they opined

that due to proposed project activity, quality of life of the villages will improve.

Respondent have suggested minimizing the environmental pollution during and after

project activity.

Most of the respondents were opined that they will get employment during the

operation of mining activities in the form of skilled as well as unskilled labourers.

There is a need for strengthening of local facilities such as hospitals; schools as there

will influx of the people.

Major problems in the study area were lack of medical facilities and employment

opportunity, respondents expecting these facilities from the project proponent.





Respondents were ready to welcome the project because study area was main Centre

for employment in the mining area. Mitigation from other states for employment was

common in the area. Project will generate employment for non-working population.


EIA/EMP REPORT FOR LIMESTONE MINE AT AJOTHA VILLAGE, TALUKA: VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH

DISTRICT OF GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


Table 3-34: Primary Data Collection within 5 km of the mine site

S.

N

o

Name

of

Village

s

Infrastructure

Facilities Education Facilities Social Indicators

Health Facilities

Livelihood

Agriculture

Animal Husbandry

Drin

king

Wate

r

Facili

ties

Publi

c

Sanit

ation

Facili

ties

Pla

ntat

ion

Prim

ary

Secon

dary

Coll

ege

Fam

ily

Stru

ctur

e

Relig

ion

Foo

d

Hab

its

PH

C

MH

F

M

HP

Loc

al

Arti

sans

Sou

rce

of

livel

ihoo

d

SC

,

ST,

Oc

cu

pat

ion

Ma

jor

Cr

op

Sou

rce

of

Irri

gati

on

Inco

me

sourc

e out

of

seaso

n

Ani

mal

Wome

n

Involve

ment in

partici

pation

Inco

me

from

Anim

al

Husb

andr

y

1 Ajodha Tube

well Yes Yes Yes Yes NO Joint

Hind

u Rice

Yes No No No Agri

cultu

re

Wa

ges

Ma

ize,

Biri

,

Wh

eat

Rain

Wat

er

Nadi

Wage

s

Cow,

Goat,

Buffa

lo, ox

Yes No

2 Bolas

Tube

well

Hand

pump

Yes No Yes No No

Joint

&

Nucl

ear

Hind

u Rice

No No No Biri

Man

ufac

turin

g

Agri

cultu

re

La

bor

Ma

ize,

Biri

,

Wh

eat

Rain

Wat

er

Wage

s

Cow

Goat

Buffa

lo, ox

Yes No

3 Meghp

ur

Bore

well

Hand

pump

No No Yes No No Joint Hind

u Rice

No No No No Agri

cultu

re

Wa

ges

&

Ag

ri..

Ma

ize,

Biri

,

Wh

eat

Rain

Wat

er

Nadi

Wage

s

Cow

Goat

Buffa

lo, ox

Yes No

4 Sundar

pura

Tube

well

Hand

No

Yes

2.0

Hea

Yes No No Joint

90%

Hind

u,10

Rice

No No No Biri

Man

ufac

Agri

cultu

re

Wa

ges

&

Ma

ize,

Biri

Rain

Wat

er

Wage

s

Cow

Goat

Buffa

Yes Yes


EIA/EMP REPORT FOR LIMESTONE MINE AT AJOTHA VILLAGE, TALUKA: VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH

DISTRICT OF GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


pump cter %Mu

slim

turin

g,

Sug

arca

ne

Ag

ri...

,

Wh

eat

Nadi lo,

Pig,

ox

5. Sonariy

a

Tube

well

Dug

well

Yes No Yes Yes No Joint Hind

u Rice

Yes No No Biri

Wag

es

Agri

cultu

re

Wa

ges

Ma

ize,

Biri

,

Wh

eat

Rain

Wat

er,

Nadi

,

Pon

d

Wage

s

Cow

Goat

Buffa

lo, ox

Yes Yes

6. Gorak

madhi

Tube

well

Dug

well

Yes No Yes Yes No Joint Hind

u Rice

Yes No No Biri

Wag

es

Agri

cultu

re

Wa

ges

Ma

ize,

Biri

,

Wh

eat

Rain

Wat

er,

Nadi

,

Pon

d

Wage

s

Cow

Goat

Buffa

lo, ox

Yes Yes





Conclusion 3.17.3

Above observation shows increase in total household as compared to the secondary data

resulting increase in male and female population, increased literacy rate, increased

number of main workers as compared to secondary data as shown in above tables.

Causing increased demands of all the essentialities of life required to sustain life. These

demands can be achieved to some extent by mining industries and the work done by the

owner such as school development, hospital maintenance, road maintenance, proper

water facility development, plantation etc. as well as the local market developed during

the working phase, making their life financially strong too.

The project would not lead to displacement of any family / household or lead to loss of

agriculture land. The area doesn‟t comprise of any human habitation or personnel

property.



TALUKA: VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

MEASURES


4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND

MITIGATION MEASURES

Any human activity in any environment produces impact, modifying it to a status

which is considered adverse or beneficial according to the damage or improvement

it brings about in physical, chemical and biological status of air, water, land

including biota and in socio-cultural life styles and economy of the populace it

affects. Depending on the nature of activities and existing status, the impacts are

assessed for their importance. On the basis of the impact analysis, the mitigating actions

are suggested for minimizing impacts.

This chapter details about the project activities that could have beneficial or adverse

impacts on the environment, identify, predicts and assess the impacts over the various

environmental attributes in the study area due to proposed mining activities. Examine each

environment aspect – impact relationship in detail and identify its degree of significance,

identify possible mitigation measures for the project activities and select the mitigation

measures, based on the reduction in significance achieved and practicality in

implementation.

4.1 Impact Assessment Methodology

Key Definitions 4.1.1

Environmental Aspects

These are elements of an organization‟s activity or product or services that can interact

with the environment. Environment aspects could include activities that occur during

normal, abnormal and emergency operations.

Environmental Impacts

Environmental impacts are defined as any change to the environment, weather adverse or

beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from project activities.

Environmental Indices

The environmental indices (or parts of the receiving environment on which impacts are

being assessed) include: Land use/land cover, air quality, noise levels, surface and ground

water quality, soil, ecology and bio diversity, socio economics, occupational health,

community health and safety. After the identification of impacting activities, impacts

require to be assessed based on subjective /objective criteria to assess the impacting

activities. This is done in the following steps.






MEASURES


Identification of Impacts 4.1.2

For identification of impacts a simple checklist method has been employed requiring:

1. Listing of environmental aspects.

2. Identifying applicable components of environment on which environment aspect may

cause environmental impacts.

3. Listing of the environmental components likely to receive impacts, along with the

key impacting activities on each component.

A component wise approach to risk assessment and mitigation measure is applied with

following steps.

Based on this preliminary identification, environmental indices that are likely to be

impacted due to the project are:

Landuse / Land cover: Land lease/purchase, mining and site restoration.

Air quality: Excavation, Vehicle movement during mining for transportation of mineral,

OB and waste.

Noise: Excavation, Vehicle movement during mining for transportation of mineral, OB

and waste.

Surface Water: Use of raw water for dust suppression, green belt development, and

Surface runoff during rainy season Contamination due to mining.

Ground water: Use of raw water for dust suppression, green belt development and

domestic purpose, surface runoff during rainy season. Contamination due to mining.

Soil: Losses of soil cover during mining, site restoration. Contamination and grade loss

due to mining.

Ecology and Biodiversity: impact during excavation, transportation, and reclamation and

land degradation.

Socio – Economic: Positive impact due to creation of jobs and increase in indirect income

and also creation of water reservoir after completion of mining work

Occupational health, community Health and safety: Occupational risk during various

activities associated with mining

4.2 Land Environment

Land Acquisition leading to change in Landuse/ Landcover 4.2.1

The Ajotha Limestone Mining Project of Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod is situated

Near Village Ajotha, Tehsil Veraval, District Gir Somnath (Gujarat) over an area of 2.00

ha in Survey No. 389 the lease was granted to Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod vide






MEASURES


order no. MCR-1578-(R-4)-3/427-CHH issued on dated 24.04.1979 by Government of

Gujarat for a period of 20 year. Lease deed was signed on 08.10.1979.

The Mining Plan with PMCP has been approved by Directorate of Regional Controller of

Mines vide letter No. 684(4)(1)/MP-157/201., dated 02/07/2018.

The land use pattern of the mining lease is given in refer Table 2.2.

Site Clearance 4.2.2

The land as per revenue records is Govt. waste land of 2.00 hectare. Mining lease was

granted in favour of Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod vide order no. MCR-1578-(R-4)-

3/427-CHH issued on 24.04.1979 by govt. of Gujarat for a period of 20 years. Lease

applied for renewal on 28.09.1998 and the renewal is under process. The first renewal

shall be from 08.10.1999 to 07.10.2019. The mining operation were commenced from

05.12.1979.

The Scheme of mining with progressive mine closure plan which has been approved by

Regional Controller of mines, Udaipur vide letter No 682(23)617/2008 dated 09.12.2013.

The Mining Plan with PMCP has been approved by Directorate of Regional Controller of

Mines vide letter No. 684(4)(1)/MP-157/201., dated 02/07/2018.

Mining

Method of mining will be opencast and semi-mechanized method. Manual method will

be adopted for breaking, sorting and sizing. It is proposed to develop the Limestone

deposits by proper formation of benches of (3m height and width more than height.)

Transport of Mineral, Waste and O.B

Trucks transporting materials would increase once mining would start functioning. It

would pass through on Kaccha Road (Mine site to SH-6) & on National Highway – 8D

which is ~ 8.0 Km, in West direction. The main objective of the survey is to characterize

the type, category and number of vehicles plying on the road.

No, waste generated in five years. Tentative tonnage of the saleable material may be

arrived by computing approximate bulk density (2) and recovery factor (100%) as these

data are variable and may be established on time series. No, Top Soil and no, Mineral

reject will be generated within five years plan period

The deposit is proposed to be mined by Opencast semi-mechanized method of mining by

adopting a system of small hole/deep hole blasting and /or working with the help of

machinery for digging, excavation and removal of ore, overburden etc. Sharp drill bits

will be used for drilling and they will be maintained periodically to reduce the generation






MEASURES


of dust & Blasting with down the hole initiation technique will be adopted which

produces less vibration, less noise and better fragmentation.

Reclamation 4.2.3

Total plantation in the form of green belt development will be over an area of 0.32 ha.

There is no OB/waste generation; therefore conceptual stage of mine may be water

reservoir only after mineral exhausted. No reclamation is required except

afforestation/embankment in 7.5m barrier.

No, mineral reject & top soil will be generated during this scheme period (five years). At

present, there is a pit in the area. It is proposed to work the deposit of Limestone in next

five years by developing the mine by formation of proper benches, each of 3m height. At

the conceptual stage, the mined out pits will acquire 1.6842 ha will be converted into

water reservoir.

Table 4-1: Land Use pattern at the end of life of mine

S. No. Head Present Land

Use

At the end of

Fifth Year

At the end

of mine

1 Area under mining 0.4270 1.1455 1.5725

2 Storage for top soil Nil Nil Nil

3 Waste dump site Nil Nil Nil

4 Mineral storage Nil Nil Nil

5 Infrastructure

workshop,

administrative

building etc.

0.0355 Nil 0.0355

6 Roads 0. 0762 Nil 0. 0762

7 Railways Nil Nil Nil

8 Tailing Road Nil Nil Nil

9 Effluent treatment

plant

Nil Nil Nil

10 Mineral separation

Plant

Nil Nil Nil

11 Township area Nil Nil Nil

12 Other

(green belt)

0.200 0.1158 0.3158

13 Virgin Area 1.2613 Nil Nil

Grand Total 2.000 2.000 2.000

Mitigation Measures 4.2.4

The mining will be done systematically by formation of benches of 3 m height and

width more than 3 m.






MEASURES


The slope of the individual bench will be maintained vertically and the overall slope

will be < 450.

The pits, dumps and stacks will be provided with proper garland drains, vertical

drains and retaining walls to avoid spread of waste, dust and silts in the area through

water.

During rains, emergency gangue will be maintained for proper drainage of water,

cleaning of silts to take care of stability.

The waste rocks dumping will also be done by formation of terraces which will be

subsequently vacated.

The land required for mining and allied activities will be used gradually and

simultaneously backfilling will be done.

We have proposed to develop the land suitable for grasses/ some fruit trees which

will be beneficial during the mining and also after closure of the mines.

A siltation or check dam is also suggested outside the lease area over the drainage

connecting the nallah to arrest the silts flowing through surface runoff water.

Plantation is proposed on safety zones and other places to absorb the pollutants.

4.3 Air Environment

Fugitive Emission around the Mining area and Transportation Route

Opencast mining activity causes some adverse impacts on the surrounding environment

unless proper environment management plan is adopted. Selecting suitable sites for

mining and also adopting all the guidelines prescribed by the Ministry of Environment

Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) and Department mine & Geology, Gir Somnath

can minimize the major possible impact. We have taken enough care in the mining plan

to avoid impact on the surrounding environment.

In this section, an attempt has been made to quantify the possible environment impact on

air environment. The magnitude and significance of the air pollution caused by mining

depends on method of mining, scale and concentration of mining activity.

However the average production and development will be much less, since the

production will depend on market of the mineral and waste mineral. The mine will be

operated for approximately 240 days in a year.

There will be no drilling and blasting in this mining lease therefore, this will not cause

any impact to air pollution. Mining operation will be carried out in one shift to achieve

the production.






MEASURES


The transport of minerals from the minerals stacking – yard to Veraval will be done in by

truck of 16 tons capacity which will move on haul road first then on tar road and finally

on State Highway/National Highway.

Quantitative Estimation of Impacts on Air Environment

An attempt has been made to know the emission rate from each of the above operation of

the mining activity. Resultant ground level concentration for the prevailing

meteorological condition using the mathematical model is estimated.

An attempt has been made to predict the incremental rise of various ground level

concentrations above the baseline status in respect of air pollution. For prediction of

emissions during transportation of mineral is done using Caline 4 model.

Caline 4

The California Line Source Dispersion Model, CALINE4 (1989), uses traffic emissions,

site geometry and meteorology to predict worst case / standard case air pollutant

concentrations within 500 meters of the roadways. Predictions can be made for carbon

monoxide, nitrogen dioxide and suspended particles. Options for modeling near

intersections, parking lots, elevated or depressed freeways, and within canyons are given.

CALINE4 is last in series of line source air quality model developed by California

Department of Transportation (CALTRANS). It is based on Gaussian diffusion equation

and employs mixing zone concept to characterize pollutant dispersion over the roadway.

CALINE4 divides an individual roadway/link into series of elements from which

incremental concentrations are computed and summed for each receptor location. Each

element is modeled as an "equivalent" finite line source (FLS) positioned normal to the

wind direction and centered at the element midpoint. Element size increases with distance

from the receptor to improve computational efficiency. Incremental downwind

concentrations are computed using the crosswind Gaussian formulation for a line source

of finite length:

∫ [

(

)

]

.

Where q is the lineal source strength, u is the wind speed, and , is the horizontal and

vertical Gaussian dispersion parameters, and y1 and y2 are the FLS endpoint y-

coordinates. CALINE4 treats the region directly over the roadway as a zone of uniform

emissions and turbulence. This “mixing zone” is defined as the region over the traveled

way plus 3 m (approximately two vehicle widths) on either side. The additional width

accounts for the initial horizontal dispersion imparted to pollutants by the vehicle wake.






MEASURES


Within the mixing zone, the mechanical turbulence created by moving vehicles and the

thermal turbulence created by hot vehicle exhaust are treated as significant dispersive

mechanisms.

CALINE4 Model Setup

For the present project, the model was used to predict PM10 concentration for worst case

conditions i.e. the maximum pollution level at receptor locations due to proposed activity.

Since CALINE4 has option for only 1-hour and 8-hour pollutant concentration prediction

and in NAAQS (2009) the PM10 concentration standard is given at 24-hour averaging

time, the model was first used to predict 1-hour worst case incremental concentration

which was later converted into 24-hour GLC using Turner Equation1.

In the present project dumpers (16 tonnes capacity) have been proposed to transport the

mineral from mining areas. The maximum number of trips of dumpers to and from

proposed mining area is 3 per hour to transport 75 T of Limestone during working shift of

8 hours.

Estimation of PM10 emission rate due to transportation

The hauling of mineral from the mining pit to the stockyard / reject dump / crusher on

haul road will cause emission of particulate matters. This emission will be confined to the

mine area only and in proximity of the haul road. The following empirical expressions

may be used to estimate the quantity in pounds (lb) of size-specific particulate emissions

from an unpaved road in industrial sites, per vehicle mile traveled (VMT)

(

)

(

)

-- AP42 (Nov 2006)

Where

k, a, b are empirical constants i.e. different for different particle size.

E = size-specific emission factor (lb/VMT)

s = surface material silt content (%)

W = mean vehicle weight (tons)

C = emission factor for 1980's vehicle fleet exhaust, brake wear and tire wear, 0.0047

lb/VMT for PM10. The source characteristics s, We are referred to as correction

1

1Workbook on Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates, US Public Health Service Publication No 26, 1970; Second Edition,

Lewis Publishers, 1994






MEASURES


parameters for adjusting the emission estimates to local conditions. The effective

emission factor after considering reduction in emission potential of haul roads due to

water sprinkling was calculated for use in CALINE4 model.

Using above equation, the uncontrolled PM10 emission factor for haul road due to 25

tonne truck operation is calculated as 2.52836 lb/VMT or 1146.862 gm/VMT. It is

proposed to do water sprinkling on haul road every three hours by water tanker at the rate

of >0.1 L/sqm. The effective emission rate post applying control measure (water

sprinkling of haul road) will be 178.1949 gm/VMT.

Results

The predicted maximum incremental concentration due to transportation was found at A1

(Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Station - 1) wiz. 26.787 ug/m3 (24-hourly average). As

the distance from source increases, the incremental concentration of PM10 drops

drastically due to settling of PM10 particles under gravity.

The predicted maximum cumulative GLC of PM10 was found to be 85.42 ug/m3 at A1

(Project Site). All predicted cumulative concentrations are lower than the permissible

NAAQ standard for PM10 concentration (100µg/m3). The predicted 24 hours GLCs at

baseline air quality monitoring locations are presented in below.

Table 4-2: Predicted GLC of PM10 at Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Location

Code Location Name

Max Baseline

Conc. (µg/m3)

Predicted GLC

(µg/m3) –

CALINE4 Model

Cumulative GLC

(µg/m3)

AAQM1 Project Site 58.42 27.02 85.44

AAQM2 Village Ajodha 55.46 23.64 79.1

AAQM3 Village Bolas 53.22 10.12 63.34

AAQM4 Village Meghpur 54.86 6.74 61.6

AAQM5 Village Sundarpura 51.24 0.00 51.24

AAQM6 Village Sonariya 54.96 0.00 54.96

AAQM7 Village Gorakh Madhi 52.66 0.00 52.66






MEASURES


The contour maps showing the predicted concentration levels of PM10 are presented

below:

Figure

4-1: Spatial distribution of PM10 GLC due to transportation

Following precautions will be taken while transporting the explosive in bulk: -

Transportation of the explosives from the magazine to priming station or the site of

blasting will not be done except in the daylight, and in the original packing cases. The

quantity of explosives transported at one time, to the site of blasting, will not exceed the






MEASURES


actual quantity required for use in one round of shots, and not more than 30 minutes

before the commencement of charging of the hole.

No mechanically propelled vehicle will be used for the transport of the explosives, unless

it is of a type, approved in writing by the Chief Inspector, provided that a Jeep or such

type of approved vehicle is to be used for the transport of detonators from the magazines

to the „priming stations, subject to the following conditions: -

Not more than 200 detonators are transported in a vehicle at a time;

The detonators are to be packed suitably in a wooden box.

The wooden box, containing detonators, is to be placed inside an outer metal case of a

construction approved by the Chief Inspector.

The outer metal case will be suitably bolted to the floor of the vehicle, or otherwise fixed

in a wooden frame, so that the container is not displaced while the vehicle is in motion.

No person will ride on the rear portion of the vehicle.

Vehicles, used for transporting explosives, will be substantially constructed, in good

working order and have tight beds, to prevent the explosives from falling off the vehicles.

Every vehicle, used for the transport of explosives, will be marked or placarded, on both

sides and ends, with the word EXPLOSIVES in red letters, not less than 15 cm high, on a

white background.

Every mechanically propelled vehicle, transporting explosives, will be provided with not

less than two fire extinguishers (One of Carbon Tetra Chloride type, for petroleum fire,

and other of Carbon Dioxide under pressure type, for electrical fire), suitably placed for

immediate use.

The vehicle, used for the transport of explosives, will not be overloaded, and in no case

will the explosive cases be piled higher than the sides of its body.

Explosives and detonators will not be transported in the same vehicle.

The metal parts of every vehicle, carrying explosives that may come in contact with

containers of explosives will be suitably covered with wood, tarpaulin, or other suitable

material.






MEASURES


Explosives, carried on vehicles, will be so secured /fastened as to prevent any part of the

load from becoming dislodged.

No person, other than the driver and his helper (not below 18 years of age) will ride on a

mechanically propelled vehicle, used for the transport of explosives.

A vehicle, loaded with explosives, will not be left unattended.

The engine of a vehicle, transporting explosives, will be stopped, and the brakes set

securely, before it is loaded or unloaded or left standing.

The transfer of the explosives from the magazine will be so arranged that no undue delay

will occur between the time the explosives leave the magazine and the time they are

properly stored in the designated storage places, or distributed to the point of use.

A vehicle, transporting explosives, will not be driven at a speed exceeding 25 km/hr.

A vehicle, loaded with explosives, will not be taken into a garage or repair shop, and will

not be parked at a congested place.

A vehicle, transporting explosives, will not be refueled except in emergencies, even when

its engine will be stopped, and other precautions taken to prevent accidents.

No trailer will be attached to a vehicle, transporting explosives.

Every vehicle, used for transporting explosives, will be carefully inspected once in every

24 hours by a competent person to ensure that: -

Fire extinguishers are filled and are in place.

The electric wiring is well insulated and firmly secured.

The chassis, engine, and body are clean and free from surplus oil & grease.

The fuel tanks & feed lines are not leaking.

Lights, brakes and steering mechanics are in good working order.

A report of every inspection, made under (a) above, will be recorded in a bound paged

book, kept for the purpose, and will be signed and dated by the competent person making

the inspection.

All operations, connected with the transport of the explosives, will be conducted under

the personal supervision of an foreman, solely placed in charge of the blasting operations

in the mine.

The shot firer / blaster will personally search every person engaged in the transport of

explosives, and will satisfy himself that no person so engaged has, in his possession, any






MEASURES


cigar, cigarette, biri or other smoking material, or any match or any other apparatus of

any kind, capable of producing a light, flame or spark.

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS:-

The position of every deep- hole to be drilled will be distinctly marked by the foreman so

as to be readily seen by the drillers.

No drilling will be commenced in an area, where shots have been fired, until the blaster

has made thorough examination at all places, including remaining butts of the old deep-

holes, for unexploded charges that the drill may strike.

No drill or bore rod or pick will be inserted in the butts of old deep- holes, even if the

examination under clause (a) has failed to reveal the presence of explosives.

Drilling and charging of deep- holes will not be carried out in the same area at the same

time.

Drilling operations will not be carried on simultaneously on two benches, at places

directly one above the other.

Shots shall not be fired except during hours of day – light.

Shot firing shall be carried out during the rest interval.

Before a shot is charged, stemmed or fired, it is ensured that all the persons have taken

proper shelter & also take suitable steps to prevent any person approaching the shot.

Siren will be blown over the entire area falling within a radius of 500 m from the place of

firing.

Two persons will be posted, one in either direction at the two extreme points of the road

lying within the danger zone.

During the approach and progress of an electric storm. The following precautions shall be

taken: -

No explosives, particularly detonators, shall be handled.

If charging operations have been commenced, the work shall be discontinued until the

storm has passed.

All exposed wires shall be coiled up and if possible placed in the mouth of the holes, or

kept by something other than a metal plate.

The preparation of charges and the charging & stemming of holes will be carried out by or

under the personnel supervision of a competent person – blasters.






MEASURES


The manager shall fix, from time to time, the maximum number of shots that a blaster may

fire in any 1 shift.

The number of detonators issued to, and in the position of, a blaster during his shift shall

not exceed the maximum number of shots that he is permitted to fire.

Shot firing tools such as electric lamp or torch, a tool made entirely of wood suitable for

charging and stemming. A Scraper made of brass or wood, a knife for cutting off fuses,

Crimpers, prickers shall be provided by the owner.

(Source: DGMS circular 36 of 1972)

Conclusion

From the results of AIRMODE 9.50 models, it is concluded that the maximum cumulative

concentrations of PM10

both due to mining activities and transportation are expected to be

high but meeting the prescribed standard for PM10

within the mining zone. Further, the

maximum incremental concentration due to mining activities is much lower in comparison

to transportation which is major source of high concentration levels. Outside the mining

zone, the impact on nearby settlements is low.

The concentrations of SOx and NOx generated from mining area are expected to be low due

to absence of any major sources. The concentration of CO due to vehicle exhaust is also low

due to small number of vehicles plying on haul road.

It should be noted that the predicted concentrations are due to Ajodha Limestone Mine only

and higher pollutant concentrations may observed in the study area due to simultaneous

operations of other mines / other anthropogenic activities, data for which is not available.

The overall impact on air quality due to proposed mining project is expected to be high

within the mining lease area and in proximity of haul roads. To minimize the pollutant PM10

concentration, the following control measure will be adopted by the project proponent –

As there is no settlement adjoining the proposed mine and the impact on nearest village

will be low, no specific mitigation measures are suggested to be taken at nearby

settlements. However, medical checkups and awareness campaigns will be planned as part

of Environmental Enhancement / CSR activities.

Controlled and wet drilling shall be used.

Controlled blasting shall be undertaken during lunch hours or other suitable time when all

other activities are stalled. Further, blasting will be carried out under suitable atmospheric

conditions (low wind etc.). All necessary precautions will be implanted as per DGMS

guidelines.

Before loading of material water shall be applied on blasted material.






MEASURES


Nose mask will be provided to the workers and their use will be strictly monitored.

Frequent medical checkups, trainings and campaigns will be arranged to ensure awareness

about importance of wearing nose masks among labours / drivers.

Increased frequency of water spray on haul roads to avoid dust generation during

transportation. (>0.l/m2).

Transportation of materials shall be carried out during day time only in covered trucks.

The speed of dumpers plying on the haul road will be limited to avoid generation of dust.

Haul road shall be covered with gravels.

Fugitive Dust Generation during Reclamation 4.3.1

As the excavated area will be reclaimed as water reservoir at the end of life of mine, so

there will be no fugitive dust will be operation.

Ambient Air quality measured in the area is reflection of mining activities not due to

Limestone mine alone but activities of the adjacent mining leases, traffic on the road and

other activities.

However, the mining activities are not going to cause any adverse impact since the

incremental increase and predicted PM10

at the nearby villages are within the norms of

the residential area.


Water sprinkling will be done twice during the day in summer season and once

during the day in winter season for settling of dust particles.

Sharp drill bits will be used for drilling and they will be maintained periodically to

reduce the generation of dust.

Transportation of mineral will be done on Kaccha road which will generate dust and

rest of the distance will be on National Highway will not cause air pollution.

Drilling machines will have bag filters attached to them also to prevent the dust to get

air borne.

Blasting will be done in most scientific manner with the use of latest technology and

optimizing the blasting parameters to control & prevent the dust to get air borne, and

also to control the fly rocks.

Regular maintenance of machinery and vehicles will be done to check the excess

emissions. A system of regular overhauling of dumpers & excavators, after specified

hours of working shall be evolved and observed to avoid generation of obnoxious

fumes.

Green belt with tall trees will be planted. It will restrict the particulates and reduce

the concentration of SO2 and NO2.

Plantation along Kaccha road and statutory barrier etc. will also protect the soil from

wind erosions.






MEASURES


All the haulage roads including the main ramp from crusher to mine pit will be kept

properly maintained and watered regularly during the working shift to prevent

generation of dust due to the movement of dumpers, water tankers etc.

Dust mask shall be provided to the workers engaged at dust generation points like

excavations and loading points;

4.4 Noise and Vibration

Adverse impact on noise level is due to vehicular movements during mining phase,

during operation of Excavator, etc. and vehicle movement during reclamation phase.

The proposed project related activities will lead to emission of noise that may have minor

impact on the surrounding communities in terms of minor increase in noise levels. The

potential impacts on noise level may arise out of the following:

Noise from Machinery and Equipment during Mining 4.4.1

During mining phase vehicle movements of dumpers and operation of Jack Hammer etc.

will lead to generation of noise. The equipment will be used during daytime. Thus, there

will not be any adverse impact on nearby habitation due to proposed activity.

Noise from Vehicular Traffic 4.4.2

Vehicular movement for transportation of materials and work force to the site will cause

minor noise emission as the frequency of vehicular movement will be few times in a

week.

Assessment of Noise Level Using Model 4.4.3

For hemispherical sound wave propagation through homogeneous loss free medium, one

can estimate noise levels at various locations at different sources using model based on

first principle.

Lp2 = Lp1 - 20 log (r2/r1) - Ae1, 2.

Where

Lp1 & Lp2 are sound levels at points located at distances r1 & r2 from the source.

Ae1, 2 is the excess attenuation due to environmental conditions. Combined effect of all

the sources than can be determined at various locations by logarithmic addition

Lp total = 10 log (10(Lp1/10) + 10(Lp2/10) + 10(Lp3/10) +……).

The sources considered at the project site for the analysis with their approximate Sound

Pressure Levels are considered slightly on the higher side for more critical analysis and

are given in Table 4-3.






MEASURES


Table 4-3: Noise Generating Machinery at Mining Lease

S. No. Source Name Noise Level dB(A)

1. Dumper 100

With the above consideration, model was run and results were generated at the project

site using the model, the results obtained are given in Table 4-4.

Table 4-4: Noise Level at Receptor during Mining Activities

S.

No

.

Lo

cati

on

Dis

tan

ce f

rom

Min

ing

Lea

se (

m)

Dir

ecti

on

fro

m

Min

ing

Lea

se

Ba

seli

ne

Nois

e

Lev

el d

B(A

)

Post

Pro

ject

Nois

e

Lev

el d

B(A

)

Rem

ark

s

1 Mine Site - Mine

site 58.4 60.2

Within the CPCB limit for

Industrial Area

2 Ajodha 1.53 km SW

40.4 41.5 Within the CPCB limit for

Residential Area

3 Bolas 2.17 km NE

39.4 39.8 No addition in noise level

due to mining activities

4 Meghpur 2.21 km NW



5 Sundarpura 2.4 km NE



6 Sonariya 3.50 km SW



7 Gorak madhi 5.22 km ENE



Observation

Incremental noise level in nearest habitation area at a distance of 500 m from site will

be in the range of 1.8 dB (A) during day time at mine site & 1.1 dB (A) at Ajodha

Village.

Beyond 500 m from the project area, increase in noise level, due to proposed

activities, will be negligible.

Noise level does not exceed the CPCB limit at any location due to mining activity.


Although there was no increase beyond the allowable limit predicted at any of the

locations outside the project site, the noise environment also includes the people who are

working within the project site, and who may face hearing damage in case they face the

Noise Dosage beyond the allowable level of Noise. Therefore, it is important to






MEASURES


implement the following mitigations in order to avoid any permanent hearing damage to

the people working inside the project site.

Mitigation measures suggested are as follows:

Proper and timely maintenance of machine, transport vehicle will help to reduce

sound nuisance as much as possible.

Trees will be planted on both the sides of the roads and near the office etc. to

attenuate noise generated during mining.

Noise level measurement in the mine area will be carried out quarterly. Use of

personal protective equipment i.e. ear plugs/ear muffs etc. to the operator of

excavator and transport vehicle will be provided.

Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals will be done

to reduce noise generation.

Regular monitoring of noise level will be done quarterly at the stations identified.

Regular medical examination of workers for audiometric will be done, and also use

of ear muffs by workers on duty will be ensured.

Use of physical barriers and greenbelt development around the mine lease area to

restrict the noise levels from going outside the proposed mine boundary during

operation.

Ground Vibration 4.4.5

The total mining lease area is Govt. waste land which indicates the high absorption of

disturbances in the grounds, if any caused due to any kind of activities.

As mining will be carried out by Opencast semi-mechanized method by adopting a

system of small hole/deep hole blasting and /or working with the help of machinery for

digging, excavation and removal of ore, overburden etc. Sharp drill bits will be used for

drilling and they will be maintained periodically to reduce the generation of dust &

blasting with down the hole initiation technique will be adopted which produces less

vibration, less noise and better fragmentation. So, there will be less impact due to mining

activities.

Operation of machineries, movement of trucks & dumpers & rolling down of boulders

along the slope are likely by cause vibration in the air & ultimately ground vibration but

it will be less as mining will be done in most scientific manner with the use of latest

technology.

However, workers working on dumpers and other machineries will be subjected to

vibrations required, maintenance of machines. Maintenance of road is essential to reduce

vibrations and jerks to take care of health of workers.

Vibrations due to movement of machines, dumpers can be a source and identification of

sources of body pain, spinal and authopredic problems to workers and necessary






MEASURES


treatment will be provided time to time. Provide adequate control measures for ground

movement. Adequate safety retaining wall at the bottom of dumps backfilled area will

also provide stability to mining, dumping and reclaimed area.

Measures to Minimize Vibrations due to blasting and check noise pollution 4.4.6

Vibration pollution will be there during the proposed blasting. Scientific blasting is

proposed to reduce the vibrations and check noise pollution. Earplugs will be provided to

the work persons.

Considering the above inventions the following measures will be taken to minimize the

vibration: -

1. Blasting shall not be permitted within 100 m of surface structure not belonging to owner.

2. Peak particle velocity at a distance of 100 m from the shot hole, shall not exceed 10mm/

sec.

3. The flying fragments shall not project beyond the distance of 3 m.

4. Proper spacing & burden will be maintained.

5. Optimum utilization of the explosives will be ensured.

6. Direction of the hole will be maintained towards free face.

7. Electric delay detonator will be used.

8. Deck charging will be practiced for required fragmentation.

Although there was no increase beyond the allowable limit predicted at any of the locations

outside the project site, the noise environment also includes the people who are working

within the project site, and who may face hearing damage in case they face the Noise

Dosage beyond the allowable level of Noise. Therefore, it is important to implement the

following mitigations in order to avoid any permanent hearing damage to the people

working inside the project site.

4.5 Surface Water

Surface Water Flow 4.5.1

The surface water during rainy season may get polluted by wash off or leaches from the

dumps. These may choke natural water channels or may spread over the land. The water

quality of the area is not likely to be affected due to mining as the mineral as well as

overburden is free from toxic substances. Presently the surface water in the study area is

drinkable and potable. There is three rivers flow in study area of 10 km radius.






MEASURES


Sarswati River~ 1.40 Km in South Direction form mine site

Kapilla River ~ 4.20 Km in North-East Direction form mine site

Hiran River~ 5.0 Km in North-West Direction form mine site

Rainwater falling over the mining pits, top soil are likely to cause land erosion, failure of

dumps, silt transportation from dumps, with water & water flowing during rains at very

high speed is likely to cause soil erosion & take silts with it to the surface water sources,

Nallahs/ ponds etc. and silts are likely to be accumulated over the nallah and likely to

affect surface water flow in the lease area & the buffer zone.

If water flow will not be controlled there is possibility of sliding of benches of mining

pits & dumps therefore adequate precautions will be required to ensure free flowing of

water during rains to reduce likely erosion. The ingress of water during rains is predicted

in pits which can hamper the mining activities after rains as water can be accumulated

and stored in the open mining pits.

The mining activity will be restricted to limited area so the general slope of the area will

not be affected.

Water Quality 4.5.2

The water will pass through broken land, waste dump, top soil stack & its quality is likely

to deteriorate. The OB and mineral is nontoxic and therefore there will be no toxicity in

water whenever it is mixed in the speed of flowing water & waste is likely to increase

T.D.S. and suspended solids but as the gradient is almost flat will not travel to long

distances. This can be checked with proper mitigations.

However due to mechanization and operation of machines, the oil, lubricants, fuel

spillage on ground is expected which can mix with rain water after a span of time and can

pollute the surface water. As the mining activity will be very limited and deployment of

machines will be very limited, the impact predicted due to spillage will be negligible as it

will restrict to mining pits and upto the dump / stack areas.

Mitigation Measure 4.5.3

In open cast mining pits as well as on dumps, it is necessary that the rainwater falling

outside the edge limit of the working areas will not be allowed to enter into the pit

and working areas. Therefore it is proposed to develop garlands drains around the

mining pits and dumps to arrest the surface runoff water and divert it to lower

synclines without any contact with the mining operations. In the lease for proper

drainage of water, a set of garland drainages will be made in the mining lease area

and the water will be accumulated at the lower most gradient by constructing siltation

tanks which will act as water storage in the area as well as collection of silts. Silts

will be regularly cleared regularly.






MEASURES


Surface water will not likely to be affected. All water drains from the pits/dumps will

be constructed in such a way that the water will be drained to nallas through check

dams.

The vertical drains and horizontal drains will be provided on the dumps, mining pits

and benches to properly channelize the mine water flow and surface water flow and

will be connected to final drainage with check measures.

4.6 Groundwater

Impact on Ground water

Since water table is very deep & mining will be carried out much above the water table &

therefore there will be no impact on ground water. The impact of mining on groundwater

is not anticipated as the mining will be done till 3m only & not going to encounter the

groundwater table. The mining pit will be below the general ground level of the

surrounding area which will be 19.0 m RL. The water level in post monsoon season will

be 8 m below the surface depending upon the relief of the area and in dry season it goes

to 12 m below the surface. The ultimate working depth will be maintained up to 16 m RL

hence will not touch the general water table.

Ground water pollution can takes place only if the mining rejects contain chemical

substances. The chemicals get leached by the precipitation water and percolate to the

groundwater table thus polluting it. Any nearby wells or other sources of water can be

rendered unfit for drinking and even for industrial or domestic use. This is not the case

with the deposit as the mineral or topsoil does not contain any harmful ingredients.

Moreover the area under consideration constitutes insert and chemically non-reactive

ingredients. The water is portable in the dug wells, bore wells and hand pump. There is

no beneficiation plant located nearby, and hence the contamination of water due to

chemical is not envisaged.

Waste water generation Treatment and Disposal

There is no generation of the wastewater from the mining operations. Water used for dust

suppression along the haulage roadways and at mining faces is not accepted to generate

any wastewater as it will percolate through ground and for evaporate. The domestic

sewage is the only waste water generations at the mining lease that is in negligible

quantity. Hence no impact of wastewater is envisaged.


In this area, Saraswati River passing through the mining lease area. Due to mining

activities, it is anticipated that mineral fines flowing with water will cause siltation and






MEASURES


affect the flow of drainage courses in river. Mining activity and degradation of land and

subsequent flow of water is likely to disturb the drainage course. The quality of water

flowing in these drainages will also be polluted. Therefore to safeguard the existing

drainages in the areas following precautions are proposed.

Garland drainages are proposed surrounding the mining pits, top soil, back filled areas.

Even vertical water drains are proposed so that from one bench to bench water will flow

in a controlled manner without causing the sliding of benches, dumps, terraces, etc. Even

during rains these drainages will be regularly cleaned from the sites so that there will be

not be any obstruction to flow of water.

Rain water falling around the lease area will be diverted to the low lying area, so there

will be no change in water bodies or the land surface affecting drainage or run‐off.

The mining pits will be properly benched; soil and waste dumps will be properly terraced

with inward slope retaining walls at the toe so that there will not be land slide during the

rains.

The benches of mining pits, terraces of waste dumps and soil dumps will have grass

plantation during the rain so that it will also reduce the land degradation.

Construction of check dams are proposed in these drainages so that speed of water

flowing during rains does not increase abruptly to cause land slide and degradation of

land.

Regular monitoring of quality of water and surface water flow in these drainages are

proposed to take care of adverse impact due to mining.

The efforts made by us within our M.L. area will definitely reduce the impact. Regular

monitoring of water quality/ suspended particulars in water

The storm water runoff from the mining areas will be diverted to the sedimentation tanks

to reduce the suspended solids to meet the regulatory requirements, through garland

drains formed around the mine, dump yards, stock piles, workshops etc.

All drain channels will provide with small stone / rock barriers across drains to check

water current and to arrest solid particles. These will also be cleaned periodically.

For complying the statutory provisions of MoEF&CC and pollution control board, water

quality will be monitored and evaluated. The corrective measures will be taken on the

basis of monitoring results.

4.7 Soil

Soil quality may be affected by mining activity. The impacts would be degradation of soil

or change in its structure due to compaction and erosion during excavation, stacking

activities and plying of trucks during operational phase.






MEASURES


Loss of Top Soil during Mining 4.7.1

During mining activity Limestone is exposed on the surface itself hence no mineral reject

& top soil will be generated during this scheme period (five years). This will in turn

result in minor changes of topsoil structure. However, the project design will take into

account the preservation of the top soil and its subsequent use during the restoration of

the site.

Change in Land Use Pattern

The proposed mining activities will be done within the lease area and which is Govt.

waste land, therefore permanent change in land use pattern is expected.

Impact of Domestic Solid waste

Waste generated during mining operation will be stacked separately in the boundary

barrier and will be stabilized by plantation. Small amount of domestic waste will be

generated for which dustbin will be kept at proper place.

Disposal of Overburdens and Mitigation Measures

There is no generation of overburden as the limestone is marketed. From the total ROM

after considering recoverable mineral, 100% is taken as recoverable mineral whereas %

as rejects (waste) and 10% undersized limestone is produced (which is used as cement

grade limestone.)


Preserve top soil layers to be used for afforestation.

The slopes will be covered with grass to protect against erosion.

Along the mining lease boundary, afforestation will be carried out once nearby area

has been mined.

Systematic garland drains, retaining wall and water arresting trenches will be made to

arrest the siding of the loose materials and runoff during monsoon season from the

dumps.

Garland drains will be desilted regularly.

Use symbiotic and non-symbiotic microbes along with organic manures for efficient

rising of trees (afforestation).

Trucks carrying raw material should be covered to avoid dusting.

Soil (EC, pH & ESP) and Water (EC, pH & SAR) quality should be monitored

periodically and if they become alkaline use iron pyrite or sulphur as an amendments.

Treatment of soil with additional combination for restoring and upgrading the quality

of soil like mixing of organic manures, recycling of crops, etc.






MEASURES


4.8 Topography, Hydrology, and Drainage

The configuration of the area is irregular polygon shape and elongated along N-S

direction. The lease area is situated in a rugged and undulating terrain with low mounds

.A Small elliptical shape mound having the highest RL of lease is 21.43 mRL whereas

the lowest RL of the lease area is 18.52 mRL. The general depression of the area is

towards North –east side.


flowing along the NW boundary of the area. There is no major drainage pattern except

seasonal nala.

Rain water flows through the natural slope are draining into seasonal nalla. It is non-

perennial in nature.


that flows from South direction of proposed area.

Part of the excavated area will be used as water reservoir at the end of life of mine this

will cater to the water requirement of the local people.

The proposed plantation will increase the green belt in the surroundings.

Change in Drainage Pattern


that flows from South direction of proposed area and rain water falling around the lease

area will be diverted to the low lying area, so there will be no change in water bodies or

the land surface affecting drainage or run‐off.

.


The mining will be done systematically by formation of benches of 3.0 m height in

mineral and width more than 3.0 m, part of the area will be converted to water

reservoir.

The slope of individual bench will be maintained vertically and the overall slope will

be < 450.

During rains, emergency gangue will be maintained for proper drainage of water,

cleaning of silts to take care of stability.

The land required for mining and allied activities will be used gradually and

simultaneously backfilling will be done.

It is proposed to develop the land suitable for grasses/ some fruit trees which will be

beneficial during the mining and also after closure of the mines.






MEASURES


4.9 Ecology and Biodiversity

Ecological Component Likely to be impacted 4.9.1

Based on project activities and aspects, following ecological components are determined,

which may face likely impacts in different phases of project duration.

During Mining Activities

Terrestrial flora and fauna will be impacted by uprooting of vegetation present in the

lease area as site specific floral diversity and associated faunal diversity will be lost also

there will be site specific habitat diversity loss, .

During Excavation of mineral and its transportation, noise will be generated which will

have minor negative impact as the normal faunal movement will be hindered. Surface

runoff might have a negative impact as water body might get contaminated by it.

Mining activity will not affect the plant and animal biodiversity in the study area as all

the activities will be confined in lease area. On the contrary there will be positive impact

due to constructed reservoir on the surrounding vegetation and bird population.

Impact on Fauna

The impact on the fauna of the buffer zone due to mining activity will be marginal. The

proposed progressive plantation over a period of time will create conditions favorable to

fauna.

Impact on Aquatic Ecology

No waste water generation is envisaged from the mining operations. The rainwater and

seepage water collected in the sumps will be reused for dust suppression and for

plantation. The runoff water from the slopes will be restricted by creating gully channels

at the bottom of the slopes so that there water will not enter in the agriculture fields or

any man made create reservoir.

Mitigation Measures for Flora 4.9.2

The plant species proposed for greenbelt development along Kaccha road, will

include local species, fruit plants, forestry plants suitable for wood timber, animal life

and also grasses suitable for cattle‟s will be grown and the plantation will increase

forest cover in the area. This will serve not only as pollution sink but also as a noise

barrier.

Measures will be taken to curb pollution in air, water, land & noise environment.

Creating and developing awareness for nature and wildlife in the adjoining villages.

Proper handling of minerals, overburden and transportation in a closed truck so as to

protect surrounding flora and fauna due to deposition of mineral and overburden.

Proper land management to restore the ecological conditions in the region.






MEASURES


All this results concluded that mining activity will have minor effect on the existing flora

and fauna.

Ecological Damage assessment report has been enclosed as Annexure-9.

4.10 Socio economic Environment

The mining activities in the proposed area will definitely help in the improvement of

socio-economic status of the people around the mine area by generating direct or indirect

employment opportunities. The project will also attract ancillary and related small-scale

industries in the adjoining areas. Similarly, people shall get variety of businesses

opportunities like, hotel, beetle/ pan shops, grocery shops, milk vending and daily house

services etc. The sources of earning will help in improving the quality of life of the

inhabitants of the region.

Continued mining activities will benefit the local people due to provision of more

infrastructural facilities provided by local industry as mining industry will boost up the

local market.

Since, the extraction of the reserves of this mineral is economically viable, their proper

utilization will improve the economic status of the people nearby and the country as a

whole.

The social welfare activities will be handled by a full time team of village development

officials, who will monitor the programme and give necessary back-up support. The

programmes will be made broad based by involvement of local groups and government

agencies to the maximum extent possible.

SOCIO ECONOMIC IMPACT 4.10.1

Socio-economic survey was conducted in seven villages within the study area located in

all directions with reference to the project site. The respondents were asked for their

awareness/opinion about the project and their opinion about the impacts of the project,

which is an important aspect of socio-economic environment, viz. job opportunities,

education, health care, transportation facility and economic status.

According to survey carried out in the study area, the observations made are as follows:

The study area is following under the categories of rural area and the main

occupation is agriculture (farming) and labor work on the daily basis, the average per

day income of the people living in study area is about Rs 150 to Rs 200 per day. Any

project or mining activities in this area will generate employment to these people and

hence their per day income may increase from Rs. 150 to Rs. 350 per day. The public

consultation in this area has shown positive response for the mining activities as they

will be having better lively hood and good source of earning throughout the tenure of

the project.






MEASURES


Daily two hours a day (Morning & Evening) water is supplied in the villages. These

schemes are executed for smaller villages also, where normally there is no

dependable drinking water source. The water supply is provided to the villagers with

the help of a power pump, pipeline and tank under.

The respective Panchayat have to pass a resolution for taking over these schemes

for running and maintenance. Sometimes a smaller village may be considered for

piped water supply scheme due to special circumstances such as existing topography

or availability of distant drinking water source. Such schemes are executed under

Government of Gujrat in notified villages, having more scheduled caste population,

under Special Component Plan. Water supply for villages / habitations under this

plan are covered under (a) State Programme, (b) Accelerated Rural Water supply

Programme (ARWSP). It has also found that hand pump water (India mark II) is

unsafe for drinking; it is only use for domestic purpose.

Most of the houses were found semi - pakka.

Villages are well connected by tarred roads with the district place

Farmers depend mainly on monsoon and river water is also used for agricultural

activities. Farmer use diesel engine to pump water from river to their fields.

Communication facility is good due to better mobile network and transportation

facilities.

LPG is used by villagers in general, as fuel for cooking; otherwise wood, kerosene

etc.

The mining project will impact the rural development in many ways. It will increase the

employment both directly and indirectly, increase the purchasing power and saving also.

New employment opportunities will help in increasing the living standards also.

Measure to Improve Socio Economic Status 4.10.2

With mining activities, local people will have a lot of direct and indirect employment

avenues opened up. There will be direct employment opportunities in the mine and also

the secondary employment by providing services to the employed manpower. The

construction and operation phase of mine development will increase income of local

people as some local unskilled, semiskilled and skilled persons will get engaged in

various jobs suiting their capabilities. Thus the local people will enjoy the economic

upliftment. The following activities will be followed: -

Rural/village & Community welfare,

Healthcare of local population,

Free medical camps,

Literacy awareness, supports to schools etc.,

Environment protection and Environment awareness activities like Environment

awareness camps, plantation etc.






MEASURES


Social awareness program.

Thus the socio-economic status of the area will be improved.

REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT (R&R) ACTION PLAN 4.10.3

Resettlement and Rehabilitation is not applicable as the total mining lease area is a Govt.

Waste land and no individuals are residing in the core zone permanently or temporarily.

4.11 Occupational Health and Safety

Occupational health and safety (OHS) is a Gross-disciplinary area concerned with

protecting the safety, health and welfare of people engaged in work or employment. The

goal of all occupational health and safety programs is to foster a safe work environment.

The mining operations will be carried out with all the safety measures laid down in

Mining Laws. Regular Medical checkup of workers will be done to check occupational

disease, if any, and respective records will be maintained at the mine.

By formation of a medical team consisting of medical practitioners having experienced in

industrial disease supported by local Panchayat and mine owner and expenses to be borne

by mine owner.

Occupational health surveillance program:

Occupational health surveillance programme will include the following facilities:

As per the provisions of Mines Act and rules and regulations made there under, the

management will undertake all the necessary precautions.

Normal sanitary and cleaning facilities will be provided.

All necessary first aid and medical facilities will be provided to the workers. The

mines are well equipped with proper fire protection and fire-fighting equipment.

All the necessary protective equipment's such as helmets, safety goggles, earplugs,

earmuffs, etc. will be provided to persons working in risky areas.

Constant Monitoring of work practices including human behavior & capabilities

and developing awareness of competency level of human resource will be done for

effective implementation of OH&S Management System.

Pre-placement medical examination and periodical medical examination of workers

will be conducted such as Hematological Test, Biochemical Test, Urine R/M,

Spirometry, Audiometry, Vision test.

Constant Monitoring system including infrastructure for identification of potential

deficiencies and their control to ensure occupational Health and Safety.






MEASURES


Occupational Risk and Mitigation Measures 4.11.1

In the context of the occupational safety and health scenario, for the formulation

of Twelfth Five Year Plan (2012-2017), the Planning Commission had set up a

working group on Occupational Safety and Health under the chairmanship of the

Secretary, Ministry of Labour & Employment, Government of India vide their

order No. Q20017/7/11-LEM/LP dated 7.4.2011.

As per the report of Occupational safety and health by GOI, Ministry of Labor

and Employment the persons employed in the mines are exposed to a number of

hazards at work which adversely affect their health. Some of the important ones

are dust, noise, heat, humidity, vibration etc.

Following diseases have been notified as the diseases connected with mining

operations for the purpose of sub-section (1) of Section 25 of the Mines Act,

1952:

Table 4-5: The diseases may cause with Dolomite mining operations

S.R.O. No. Dated Type of diseases

S.R.O. 1306 21st July, 1952 1. Silicosis

2. Pneumoconiosis

S.R.O. 3109 18th December, 1956 Manganese Poisoning - Nervous

type

S.0. 2521 26th June, 1986

1. Asbestosis

2. Cancer of lung or the stomach or

the pleura and peritoneum (i.e.

mesothelioma)

S.O. 399(E) 21st February, 2011

1. Noise Induced Hearing Loss

2. Contact Dermatitis caused by

direct contact with chemical.

3. Pathological manifestations due

to radium or radioactive substances

Under Occupational Safety and Health Management, the Shri Arjabhai

Khimabhai Rathod will take all the necessary steps to provide better working

environment. Occupational health and safety issues occur during all phases of the

mine cycle.

These are classified according to the following categories:

General workplace health and safety

Use of explosives

Noise and vibration






MEASURES


Hazards during mining (Fires, explosions, confined spaces and oxygen deficient

atmospheres)

System of Detection of Occupational Diseases in Mines

In order to detect occupational diseases the industry is required to conduct

medical examinations and health surveillance of workers as per the provisions of

Mines Act. The essential features of health surveillance programme required to be

carried out in mines are:

(a) Initial Medical Examination of persons to be employed in mines.

(b) Periodic Medical Examination once every five years. General physical

examination, chest radiographs, lung function tests and audiometry.

(c) Classification of chest radiographs of workers as per ILO Classification.

(d) Medical examination within one year of superannuation.

(e) Evaluation of all cases of suspected pneumoconiosis by Pneumoconiosis

Medical Board.

(f) Maintenance of medical records till the person is in service and 10 years

thereafter.

Likely impact on health of mine worker due to Limestone mining operation and

there mitigation measures are tabulated below:






MEASURES


Table 4-6: Chemical Composition of Limestone, Impact on Health of Mine Worker and Mitigation Measure

Name of

Chemical

Chemical

Composition Type of diseases Causes First Aid Measures

Exposure Control/Personal

Protection

Calcium

Oxide 52.28%

Skin Diseases

Because of vigorous

reaction with water, it

causes severe irritation

when placed in contact

with moist skin or eyes.

First Aid for Eyes:

Dust or powder should be

flushed from the eyes with

running water for 15

minutes. If irritation

persists obtain medical

assistance.

First Aid for Ingestion: Obtain medical

assistance at once.

First Aid for Inhalation: Breathing

difficulty, caused by

inhalation of dust or

fume requires removal

to fresh air. If breathing

has stopped perform

artificial respiration and

seek medical assistance

at once.

Personal Protective

Equipment 1. Eye protection

requirements: Safety

glasses are recommended. 2. Skin protection

requirements: Protective

gloves are recommended,

to prevent mechanical

irritation. 3. Respiratory protection:

Not normally required, use

an appropriate respirator if

airborne dust

concentration exceed the

OSHA, standers.

4. Other protective

equipment: Eye wash

fountain should be readily

available in areas of use or

handling.

Ventilation Requirements: 1. Local Exhaust:

Recommended, when

excavation or any other

operation where dust are

created.

Environmental Surveillance: 1. If the operation generates

dust or fumes, exposure to

airborne materials should

LOI 41.11% Skin Diseases

Over expression of LOI can

cause Itching

Rash or hives

Stomach diseases Stomach upset

and diarrhea may occur

Inhalation

Respiratory irritant.

Accumulation in lungs may

be responsible for benign

pneumoconiosis, but is not

considered to cause

pulmonary functional

impairment.

Eye/Skin - Eye irritant

Silica 3.89%

Lung diseases

Inhalation may cause

coughing, sneezing,

labored breathing. It may

then evolve into burns with

perforation of the nasal

septum, abdominal pain,

nausea and vomiting.

First Aid for Ingestion: Obtain medical

assistance at once.

Al2O3 0.51%

Fever

Magnesium in the form of

nascent magnesium oxide

can cause metal fume fever

First Aid for Skin: Skin cuts and abrasions

can be treated by

standard first aid. Skin

https://www.webmd.com/digestive-disorders/picture-of-the-stomach

https://www.webmd.com/digestive-disorders/digestive-diseases-diarrhea






MEASURES


with cough, chest pain, and

flu like fever, if inhaled in

sufficient quantity.

contamination with dust

or powder can be

removed with soap and

water. If irritation

persists obtain medical

assistance.

be determined by having

air samples taken in the

employees breathing zone

and work area.

Iron oxide 0.40%

Breathe diseases

Exposure to silicon dioxide

has been linked with small

vessel vacuities,

autoimmune diseases,

kidney damage, and

rheumatoid arthritis.

First Aid for Inhalation: Breathing difficulty, caused

by inhalation of dust or

fume requires removal to

fresh air. If breathing has

stopped perform artificial

respiration and seek

medical assistance at once.




ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

AND MITIGATION MEASURES


Table 4-7: Impact on Health of Mine Worker and Mitigation Measure

Type of diseases Causes Protective measures

Parkinson‟s disease

Inhalation of toxic

doses through fumes,

dust, water, food &

soil

Provide all material and monetary

resources needed for smooth and

efficient execution of safety plans

Lung diseases Inhalation of dust Suppression of dust and protective

equipment‟s

Stomach diseases Water pollution Proper treatment of water & regular

analysis

Night blindness Bad illumination Proper lighting

Hearing loss Working at high noise

areas

Measures to suppress noise, and

protective equipment‟s

Occupational Risk and Arrangement Proposed 4.11.2

As discussed above the occupational risk is identified and the arrangement proposed to

mitigate the same are suggested below

Table 4-8: Occupational Risk and Arrangement Proposed

S.

No Source/Location Provisions proposed

Protective equipment’s

Proposed

1. Fall of sides /stones

a) At mining faces Working as per MMR,1957 Use of helmets, shoes,

knee caps goggles etc.

b) Dumps Proper terracing, stabilization &

water drains N.A.

2.

Movement of

trucks &

dumpers on road

Proper gradient parapet walls

adequate lighting, reversing

siren, proper maintenance of

trucks etc.

N.A.

3. Workshop

activities Provisions of MMR,1957

Hand gloves, welding

shields etc.

4. Dust & noxious

fumes

Standards as per DGMS &

CPCB Use of dust mask

5. Noise pollution Standards as per DGMS &

CPCB Use of ear muff/plug

6. Water pollution Standards as per ISI & proper

arrangement for water drainage N.A.

Pit Safety Committee

Pit safety committee will be formed; the function of pit safety committee is given below:

To identify the risks at the mining faces, dumps, road and surface structures.

To identify the unsafe acts.

To identify the unsafe places.

To identify the unsafe practices.

To identify whether protective equipment are provided / used or not.




ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

AND MITIGATION MEASURES


To suggest corrective measures.

4.12 Summary of Overall Impacts

The main impacts will be during the mining activities with respect to Air, Noise, Land, Biological

and socio-economic. Following is the summary of overall significant impacts related to

environmental components.

Environmental Attributes Major Impacts

Air Environment Fugitive emission due to excavation & screening &

beneficiation vehicular emission due to transportation

and operation of machineries, marginal damage of

vegetation, health effect

Noise Environment Increase in Noise levels due to DG sets, excavator,

dumpers and Blasting

Water Environment Sewage generation, runoff water, sedimentation, no

waste water generation due to mining activities, however

rainwater will be harvested in the mine excavated ponds

and will be used for sprinkling & plantation.

Land Environment Acquisition of land, loss of land use / land cover area,

change in soil quality, generation of overburden,

however positive impact due to plantation in the mine

lease area and green belt around the mine lease area.

Biological Environment Cutting of trees, loss of vegetation, migration of

schedule fauna, disturbance to fauna due to noise

generation and trenching positive impact due to

plantation in and round mine lease area and along the

road side.

Socio- economic Environment Disturbance to the habitations due to mining activities,

No R & R, influx of people, However positive impacts

due to enhancement of economic benefits through allied

industries, improvement in quality of life and

employment etc.

Important Note: Major impacts area described above, there will not be any irreversible damage

due to the project. However, assessment of impacts with respect to all the environmental

components is made and measures are suggested. CSR scheme as per project specific

requirement according to the project economic benefit will be implemented and sufficient

budgetary provision will be made available and implemented.



TALUKA: VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES


5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1 Analysis of Alternate Site

It is a Limestone mining lease. Mine of limestone is site specific. The mine is to be

located where the mineral exists in sufficient quantity to be economically extracted. The

site selected has following advantages:

1. The project site is a Government waste Land.

2. There are no other mines in the study area, however, basic infrastructure such as road

and electric connection are available.

3. Better availability of experienced labors from nearby villages.

4. No endangered species around the mine site.

5. The mining project site is and mineral specific.

5.2 Analysis of Alternate Technology

The mining techniques have transformed dramatically since it began thousands of years

ago. With the development of new technologies, many advanced methods have been

adopted. It yields more extraction and least environmental impacts. That commitment

involves an intense drive to improve the safety and health of workers and lifting the

economic and environmental performance of mining operations. Mining methods are

constantly changing and improving as companies forge new technologies to enhance

rates of extraction and minimize impacts such as noise, dust, and land and water

disturbance. The mining methods used are (i) open-cast and (ii) underground.

Open- Cast Mining 5.2.1

Open-cast semi-mechanized method of mining known as surface mining is most effective

when the mineral deposit is close to the surface. The mining process is fundamentally

different between the soft-rock and hard-rock operations. The techniques involves with

(or) without blasting depending on the hardness of the rock and removing surface layers

of soil and other rocks to reach the deposit. In some cases, a separation process will be

used to eliminate waste by-products. It has maximum recovery of mineral compared to

underground method of mining.

Underground Mining 5.2.2

There are several variations of underground mining. The common factor for all forms of

underground mining is the creation of tunnels extending from the surface into the mineral

seam/lode and the use of machinery to extract the mineral. The most commonly used

underground mining methods are stopping methods, board &pillar, long wall, caving

methods, cut & fill and retreat benching etc.





Selection of Mining Technology 5.2.3

After the complete analysis of various technologies, the nature of material to be

excavated that are in practice, it is proposed to operate the mine by opencast mechanized

method by using light weight excavators for loading of mineral in tippers and dumpers,

as limestone deposits are close to the surface. No other alternative technologies can be

used. Arjabhai Kkhimabhai Rathod will use eco-friendly measures to minimize the

impact on the surrounding environment.

5.3 Process Flow Sheet, Infrastructures possibilities and selection

Table 5-1: Process Flow Sheet, Infrastructure

Activities Possibilities Final Selection

Mine Development

OC vs UG

Mineral occurs near the surface

and OC mining is possible.

Mineral is bedded deposit and

is likely to extend in depth.

Mineral is hard hence UG

mining is not possible and OC

mining is selected. Final

Depth of upto 3 m is selected

due to limitation of bench

formation.

Drilling and Blasting

Deep hole / small hole both

Blasting by using Heavy Earth

Moving Machinery

Deep hole / small hole both

Blasting by using Heavy

Earth Moving Machinery

Excavation of top

soil, Interburden,

mineral.

Opencast Mechanized method

of mining.

Opencast Semi-Mechanized

method of mining.

Stacking of Top soil,

OB, mineral, mineral

reject and final

reclamation

Separate stacking by

constructing retaining wall and

terracing.

The entire area is mineralized

therefore, minimum use of

dumping place in M.L area and

dumps to be vacated and to be

backfilled in the mined out

pits.

Partly dumping and partly

backfilled and stabilized by

plantation and 100% handling

of waste is not possible

because it is hard and very

brittle, difficult to fuse.

Partly open pit will be kept

for storage of water during

rainy season and it will be

utilized in afforestation and

also supplied to nearby

villages

Mineral Beneficiation

No mineral beneficiation is

needed as the limestone will be

marketed directly in boulder

form.

No mineral beneficiation is

needed as the limestone will

be marketed directly in

boulder form.

Reuse of Waste There is no generation of sub

grade mineral.

There is no generation of sub

grade mineral.

Transportation of

mineral By tractor/ tucks/ dumpers.

By tucks/ dumpers as tractors

are risky and they transport a

lesser amount compared to

trucks/ dumpers





Activities Possibilities Final Selection

Afforestation

Statutory barriers, Nearby

Panchayat and schools and

backfilled area and dumps will

be afforested.

Statutory barriers, adjoining

the nallah on both sides,

nearby Panchayat and schools

and backfilled area and

dumps will be afforested

Employment Preference shall be given to

local people.

Local person as per

availability

Road construction

The area is also connected to

Kaccha Road (Mine site to SH-

6) having an aerial distance of

~ 0.30 Km in South direction

from the mining lease area

The area is also connected to

Kaccha Road (Mine site to

SH-6) having an aerial

distance of ~ 0.30 Km in

South direction from the

mining lease area

Site Services

Nearest village is 2 – 3 km

from M.L area therefore

minimum site services will be

developed in the lease area.

As discussed in Chapter 3 site

services will be developed in

the lease area

Requirement of water

M.L is in Govt. waste land and

water is portable therefore It

will be procured from nearby

village & rainwater harvested

stored in tank after and during

monsoon.

Impoundment of the village

pond will be done prior to

rainy season.

M.L is in Govt. waste land

and water is portable

therefore It will be procured

from nearby village &

rainwater harvested stored in

tank after and during

monsoon.

Impoundment of the village

pond will be done prior to

rainy season.

Construction of labor

colony

Proposing to employ local

labor. No colony is proposed

Power Not required Not required

Machineries on

contract work

Jack Hammer, air compressor

trucks/tippers contractors are

available locally and will be

used and they bring fuel from

local petrol pumps and

therefore not required within

M.L area. Workshop facilities

are available nearby & not

required within M.L area.

Not proposed within M.L area

Land acquisition It is all govt. waste land. It is all govt. waste land.



TALUKA: VERAVAL, JUNAGADH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM


6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 Monitoring Schedule and Parameters

A large part of the sampling and measurement activities will be concerned with long term

monitoring aimed at providing an early warning of the undesirable changes or trends in

the natural environment that could be associated with mining and allied activities. This is

essential to determine whether the changes area a response to a cycle of climatic

conditions or due to mining activities.

In particular, a monitoring strategy is required to ensure that all environmental resources,

which may be subjected to pollution, are kept under review. Monitoring of the individual

elements of the environment is necessary.

To meet the above objectives, an “Environmental Management Cell (EMC)” will be

formed, which will be responsible for implementation of EMP and Post operating

monitoring. The analysis of the data collected during the preceding month and progress

of environmental management system will be reviewed. The following items will be

considered under monitoring schedule is given in Table 6-1.



JUNAGADH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM


Table 6-1: Post project Environmental Monitoring Plan

Attributes Sampling Measurement

Method Test Procedure Responsibility

Network Frequency

Air Environment

Meteorological

Monitoring (Wind

Direction , Relative

Humidity, Rainfall)

One station at site Regularly

Mechanical/Automatic

Weather Station Mechanized station

Environmental Officer/

Mines Manager

PM10 and PM2.5

3 locations in the

project impact area

(Minimum 1

locations in upwind

side, 1 sites in

downwind side /

impact zone and one

in core zone)

Once in a season

i.e. 3 season in a

year except

monsoon

IS 5182 (Part-23)

2006,Gravimetric

CPCB Guidelines For

Ambient Air

Monitoring

As per CPCB norms


Mines Manager

SO2 IS 5182 (Part-Ii)

2001,Reaff.2006 As per CPCB norms

NO2 IS 5182 (Part-Vi)

2006 As per CPCB norms

Water Environment (Surface and Ground Water)

pH (at 250 C), Color,

Turbidity, Odour,

Taste, Total

Dissolved Solid,

Alkalinity, Chloride,

Total Hardness,

Sulphate, Nitrate,

Iron, Fluoride,

Magnesium, Boron,

Chromium, Copper,

Manganese Nitrate,

DO, BOD (except

GW), Total

Coliforms, E Coli

2 Set of grab

Samples for ground

and surface water in

the vicinity of the

project site

Once in a season As per IS: 10500:

2012, APHA and IS As per CPCB norms


Mines Manager







Network Frequency

Noise

Noise levels at

Day & night time -

Leq dB (A)

3 locations (1

location within

Mine boundary,

High noise

generating areas

within the lease and

1 locations of

nearest habitation

and 1 of nearest

road)

Once in a season

for 3seasons

Using Sound Level

Meter (SLM) As per CPCB norms


Mines Manager

Soil

pH (at 250C), Color

Texture, Moisture,

Content (%), Soil

Texture, Bulk

Density, Water

Holding Capacity

Chloride, Calcium,

Sodium, Potassium,

Magnesium, Organic

Matter, Available

Nitrogen as N,

Available

Phosphorous, Zinc,

Manganese, Lead,

Cadmium, Copper,

Chromium

2 locations in the

project

impact area

Once in a season

for 3 season in a

year

As per USDA

Method, APHA and

IS

As per CPCB norms Environmental Officer/

Mines Manager

Socioeconomic







Network Frequency

CSR related In nearby villages Yearly

Data collection on the

amount spent on CSR

activities in the

villages

Primary (Questionnaires)

and Secondary Survey.

Environment Officer/

Mines Manager

Flora and Fauna

Inventory of Flora

and Fauna in the area

In core zone,

afforested area Yearly

Visual Observation

and Log Book of

Plantation

Through Monitoring

(personal survey)

Environment Officer/

Mines manager

Occupational Health of Mine Workers

Periodical Medical

Check Up -

Schedule given

in Section 6.2.2

Medical checkup by

Doctor Medical report

Safety Officer/ Mines

Manager



TALUKA: VERAVAL, JUNAGADH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAM


6.2 Occupational Health Check Up

Medical Examination 6.2.1

The following medical examinations are recommended

X – Ray of chest to exclude pulmonary TB, Silicosis etc.

Lung Function test

Audiometric test to check hearing losses

Urine test, blood test, blood sugar etc.

Eye test

Schedule of Health Check Up 6.2.2

The following schedule for medical checkup is recommended:

Persons working as operators in the mine pit : Once in 2 Years (6 times in 12 Year)

Persons working as worker and supervisory staff: Once in 2 Years (6 times in 12 Year)

Persons working outside mine pit: Once in 3 Years (4 times in 12 Year)

6.3 Data Analysis and Reporting Schedule

Project proponent will get analyzed the sampling data by environmental laboratory and

compliance report will be sent to MoEF&CC and concerned authority in every 6 months.



TALUKA: VERAVAL, GIR SOMNATH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT ADDITIONAL STUDIES


7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 Public Consultation

Public consultation will be conducted and compliance of issues raised and suggestions

will be included in the final EIA report.

7.2 Risk Assessment

Risk assessment has been done covering following aspects: - Possible danger due to

failure of mine benches, terraces of external dumps, accident due to earth moving

machinery, trucks etc.

All types of industries face certain types of hazards which can disrupt normal activities

abruptly and lead to disaster like fires, inundation, failure of machinery to name a few.

Similarly limestone mines also have impending dangers or risk which needs to be

investigated and addressed. Disaster management plan is formulated with an aim of

taking precautionary steps to avert disaster and also to take such action after the disaster

which limits the damage to the minimum.

Nevertheless, the following natural/industrial problems may be encountered during the

mining operation:

Inundation-Filling of the mine pit due to excessive rains/flooding.

Slope failures at the mine faces.

Accident due to fire.

As per proposal made under the Mining Plan, during proposed working, the area will be

developed by means of opencast mining method. Exploitation and transportation of

minerals will be carried out by opencast semi-mechanized means respectively. Bench

height is kept 3.0 m. As per the well located nearby agricultural land & in village the

ground water table is at around 10-12mts below from the surface level depending upon

the relief of areas. However, in dry season it goes to 15-20 m below the surface mining

will be confined to 3 mRL.

7.3 Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment

Objective 7.3.1

To identify risks which need maximum attention and the options for achieving risk

reduction.

To identify which risks need careful ongoing management, the nature of ongoing

management as well as the indicators that show that the risk is being managed.





To identify triggers which might be used to monitor that hazard and initiate remedial

action if elimination is not feasible.

Definition 7.3.2

Hazard: source of potential harm, injury or loss

Risk: combination of the likelihood of a specific unwanted event and the potential

consequence if it should occur

Risk assessment: the process that involves measurement of risk to determine priorities.

Risk Control: Implementation of strategies to prevent or control hazards.

Risk rating: the category or level or risk assigned i.e. high, medium and low.

Risk Management: the description of the steps taken to manage the risk by identifying

hazards and implementing control in the work place.

Risk assessment process: - The goal for risk assessment is to identify hazard, determine

risk rating and controls.

Assemble the team: -The risk assessment should be done by involving different

categories of persons to provide their opinion on likelihood, consequence and controls.

The category of employees to be involved or Manager, Supervisor and worker.

Identifying the Hazard 7.3.3

This should be done by using:

Past experience of accident and occurrences at the mines

Work process evaluation

Consultation with employees

Safety statistics for this or other mines.

The other method used IS:

By way of activities like excavation, transportation etc.

By way of equipment and machinery like Hydraulic excavator, trucks, dumpers etc.

By way of geographical areas like mining pit, dumps, mine road, mule tracks etc.

7.4 Emergency Management Plan

General Manager will be designated as the adviser (Disaster Management) and will be

responsible for establishing the organization procedures and providing guidelines to the

Disaster Management Committee of the area.

Mines Manager (Disaster Management)

Advisor (DM)





Director/Dy. Director of mines safety

Safety officer

Personal Manager

Medical Officer

Senior Official of the largest trade union

Officer in charge of the local police station office of the general manager will function

as the emergency headquarter

Telephonic facilities will be provided at the mine;

Three control committees each direct by a controller shall be established

Incident control committee;

Surface control committee;

Composition of the committee will be as follows:

Incident control committee:-

Mine Agent

Mine Manager

Surface control committee:

Mining Engineer controller

Medical Officer

Officer In charge of local police station

Local representative

Store Manager

Officer/Welfare Officer

7.5 Disaster Management Plan

The mining is proposed in an undulating area. The mining will go up to the economical

depth and there after backfilling will commence to restore the topography of the area.

The mining faces shall be dressed properly because any hanging boulders / loose material

may create fatal accidents to the laborers while working in the pit.

The mining will discontinue during rainy season from end of June to end of September.

Before the temporary discontinuance, the exposed mining pits will be backfilled with

waste materials so that water will not accumulate in the pit & chances of slope failures

will be negligible.

Dealing with Emergency Situation 7.5.1

Written down procedure to come in force at the time of emergency at the mines will

be prepared and posted at mines office.





The written down procedure defines the procedure to be enforced at the time of any

calamity accident etc. along with the duties and responsibilities of Mines Manager,

Mining mate, Security Guard, First Aid in-charge etc.

Code of signals, telephone Nos. of first aid room, nearby hospital etc. shall be

maintained for such emergencies.

Emergency medicines to be kept at the mine office.

Anticipated Disaster and Corrective Actions 7.5.2

Inundation

In the case of inundation, at any time in the future, the water will be allowed to stand and

naturally percolate into the ground. If there is any need to empty out any particular pit for

working, then pumps will be used to pump out the water. In other cases where possibility

of accumulation of water is there preventative & management measures shall be planned

as per Regulation of MMR 1961.

Disaster Due to Slope Failure

The pit slopes may fall at any time causing damage to human life and machinery. The

only remedy to the effect of such situation is to dress pit slopes and maintaining the pit

slope as specified in Metalliferrous Mine Regulations, 1961.

Disaster Due to Fire

The fire could be a surface fire. Likewise equipment sometimes catches fire which needs

to be dealt.

Code of Practice in Case of Fire at Mines

Objective:

To deal with fire efficiently and quickly

Source of Fire:

i) Electrical Sub Station.

ii) Oil & Lubricant Room.

iii) Mine machineries.

Line of Action:

i) Sufficient fire extinguishers will be installed at selected locations on site. Besides,

numbers of water hydrants with sufficient length of hosepipes will be made available at

the surface for fire protection.





ii) Any person when notices any sign of fire shall immediately take steps to give warning

by blowing the siren continuously and take steps to extinguish the fire by using

appliances available near the site.

Duties of Primary Controller: - The Primary Controller after receiving the warning will

forthwith inform at following places:

a) Fire Fighting Station

b) Security Gate

c) Section in-charge (Communication Officer)

d) Shift in-charge (Accident Controller)

e) Head of Department (Site Controller)

After intimating he should reach the spot, remove Men & Machinery and take steps to

tackle the fire in accordance with the fire-fighting instructions. Inform the security office

to get an Ambulance if required.

Duties of Fire Fighting Team: - On receiving warning, the team shall reach the site of

fire and depending on its nature, class and extent shall take steps to extinguish it and

rescue persons who may be caught in fire.

Duties of Head of Department (Site Controller): -

a) On receipt of information about fire, the Manager will forthwith rush to the spot and

assess the situation. He will oversee the overall rescue operation and make necessary

arrangement for medical aid to the affected persons, if any.

b) Inform the management and statutory bodies of State and Central Government.

Duties of Shift in-charge (Accident Controller):-

On receipt of information about explosion or accident, they shall forthwith rush to the

spot and will withdraw men/machines from affected area to minimize damage to the men,

machines, environment and loss of material.

Make arrangements for transportation of injured personnel.

Care and Maintenance during Temporary Discontinuance

During temporary discontinuance of mine the mining operation due to any reason, notice

(as per Rule 24 of MCDR, 1988 & Reg.6 of MMR, 1961) will be sent to IBM and mines

safety authorities. Notice will be accompanied as per Rule 24 of MCDR, 1988, vide,

Form no. D-1. All precautionary steps will be taken into account in respect of care and

maintenance. Following steps will be taken:

Protection of the pits:





The quarry part of the lease will be protected by fence as per DGMS circular all around

the open pit with caution board displaying the danger in local language.

Protection of area:

There will be protected by displaying a board at the entry with caption like “Entry in the

premises without permission is strictly prohibited” in local language.

Maintenance and monitoring:

The area will be monitored every week by competent person and if maintenance is

needed will be done as per requirement.

All the mining machinery shall be shifted to a safe place.

Care and upkeep of plantation done shall be carried out on regular basis.

All rules and regulations shall be followed in case of any temporary discontinuance

of mine.

Disaster Prevention Measure 7.5.3

In order to take care of hazards/disasters, the followings measures/ safeguards will be

strictly followed:

Working of mines as per approved plans.

All safety precautions and preventions of MMR should be strictly followed during all

mining operations.

Regular maintenance and testing of all mining equipment as per manufacturer‟s

guidelines.

Provision of adequate capacity pumps for pumping out water from the mining pit

with standby arrangements.

Checking and regular maintenance of garland drain bunds and earthen bunds to avoid

any inflow of surface water in the mine pit.

Entry of unauthorized persons should be prohibited.

Periodic check of effective working of firefighting and first aid provision in the

mining area.

Training and refresher courses for all the employees.

Cleaning of mining faces regularly.

As a part of disaster management plan, a rescue team will be formed by imparting

specialized training to the selected mining staff.

7.6 Social Impact Assessment and Rehabilitation and Resettlement Action Plan

The total mining lease area is a Govt. Waste. Therefore no Rehabilitation and resettlement

action plan is required.



TALUKA: VERAVAL, JUNAGADH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT PROJECT BENEFITS


8 PROJECT BENEFITS

Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod is conscious of his obligations to society at large. The

company will contribute in overall socio economic development of the area.

8.1 Social and Economic Development

The Company will undertake activities for the up liftmen of the social community

through community development in various ways as under:

Education

Promotion of education programs

Promotion of Adult Education program

Crèche for children.

Water

Repairing of wells and hand pumps.

Support for water harvesting schemes.

Awareness programs on safe drinking water.

Facilities for School (Drinking Water)

Health

An ambulance at the mine site

Periodic medical check-up of employees

Preventive medical care for rural population shall be promoted.

Awareness to improve health and hygiene standards.

Employment Avenues

Besides direct employment by the mine, indirect employment will also be generated.

Preference will be given to the local population for employment based on their

educational qualifications and experience.

Some of the cultivators/agricultural workers, who may be displaced from their work,

due to land conversion, would be absorbed as workforce into the proposed mine

depending upon their capabilities.

Others

Supplementing Government efforts in health monitoring camps, social welfare and

various awareness programs among the rural population.

Communication facilities such as phone will also be available on mine site.





8.2 Proposed Action Plan for CSR

The proposed project will help in improving the socio-economic status of the near-by

villages by generating direct or indirect employment opportunities.

The project will contribute additional revenue to the State and Central Govt. in the form of

royalty, cess and other taxes etc. Job opportunities to the local people will improve the

earning and spending capacity of the people. The people in area will be able to utilize

improved facilities with regard to education, health care, hygiene, recreational

opportunities, small business opportunities etc.

The main focus areas for the development of local community are as follows:

Eradicating Hunger, poverty and malnutrition, promoting preventive health care and

sanitation and making available safe drinking water.

Promoting education including special education and employment enhancing vocation

skills especially among children, women, elderly and the differently abled and

livelihood enhancement projects.

Promoting gender equality, empowering women, setting up homes and hostels for

women and orphans; setting up old age homes, day care centres and such other

facilities for senior citizens and measures for reducing inequalities faced by socially

and economically backward groups;

Protection of national heritage, art and culture including restoration of buildings and

sites of historical importance and works of art; setting up public libraries; promotion

and development of traditional arts and handicrafts;

Training to promote rural sports, nationally recognized sports, Paralympic sports and

Olympic sports;

Contributions or funds provided to technology incubators located within academic

institution which are approved by the central government;

Rural Development projects.

Proposed action plan is given in Table 8-1.

Table 8-1: Proposed Action Plan for CSR

S.

No. Focus Area

Proposed Budget

(Rs. in Lakh/annum)

1.

Infrastructure Development (one activity every year)

(Repairing of school and Panchayat Bhawan as

required, Help in Sanitation development in Ajodha

village)

1.0

2. Social Forestry (At Gram Panchayat, Schools,

Hospital)

0.50

3. Awareness programme on cancer and AIDS

(Distribution of free medicines)

0.20

4. Health check - up Camps for villagers and free 0.50





medicines. The camp will be conducted twice during

the year for general health check-up

6. Drinking water and Sanitation facility for local

villagers

0.50

7.

Education (Distribution of Books and School Uniforms

to Girl Child) 100 student per year and Sports

Development (Help in Organizing Sports Day in

School) (Two activity every year)

0.90

Total 3.60

Table 8-2: Corporate Environmental Responsibilities (CER) Activities proposed with

budgetary provision (10% of mineral value)

S.No. Activities Proposed Budget

(in Lakh/annum)

1 Measures for the Pollution Monitoring 0.90

2 Environmental protection and Control 1.20

3 Plantation in community areas 0.61

4 Sanitation facility for Nearby villagers 0.12

Health check – up Camps for villagers. (The camp

will be conducted twice during the year for general

health check-up)

0.50

5 Infrastructure Development (one activity every year)

Such as Water cooler, Elmira, table etc. will be

provided in the nearby Village school.

1.0

6 Infrastructure creation for drinking water supply 0.38

7. Education (Distribution of Books and School

Uniforms to Girl Child) 50 student per year and

Sports Development (Help in Organizing Sports

Day in School) (Two activity every year)

0.90

Others 1.93

Total Rs. 7.54 Lakh/annum





8.3 AMENITIES/FACILITIES

Break-up and Budgetary provision for the mine workers is given below in Table 8-3.

Table 8-3: Budgetary Provision for Mine Workers

S.

No. PARTICULARS

CAPITAL COST

(in Lakh/annum)

RECURRING COST

(Rs. in Lakh/annum)

1.

Shelter, Safe

Drinking water,

Sanitation Facility

0.90 (One Time)

Drinking water, 20,000

2.

Health facility for mine

workers for OHS

(Rs 1000./worker)

-- 32 x 1000=0.32

3.

Personal Protective

equipment such as

Goggles, Hamate, safety

Shoes, Face Mask and

Hand Gloves (Rs.300./ worker)

-- 32 x 300= 0.09

3. Fuel for cooking

(LPG cylinder) -- 0.15

4. Education for

Children -- 0.30

5.

Insurance cover for mine

Worker (Rs. 1500/Worker)

-- 32 x 1500= 0.48

Total 0.90 1.54

8.4 ASSESSMENT OF ECOLOGICAL DAMAGE

Attributes Scope of environmental Benefits earned EMP Cost (LAKH)

Description Total cost

AP Water requirement per day for sprinkling of water to

curb fugitive emission in KLD (0.1 L/m2)

3925 m2x0.1=3.925

about 1.0 KLD

--

Cost of 1 KL water for sprinkling in Rupees 31x500x12x1 1.86

WP Major water pollution envisioned:

1. Ground water table intersection if any

Nil

0.00

2.Runoff water outside the lease and estimated

damage caused considering period of violation in

RS per day

NIL 0.00

SHW A. When there is an overburden

Quantity of Over Burden in MT X 10 rs./MT

O.B. handling charges x 2 (Lifting and shifting)

Nil 0.00





B. When there is no overburden only mining

waste handling are to be considered.

Mine waste in MT X 10 rs./MT of mineral

Waste handling x 2 (Lifting and shifting)

Nil 0.00

NV Existence of house properties/env. Entities within

500m of blasting site and if damaged due to

blasting.

Nil 0.00

No. of such properties Nil 0.00

Cost of reconstruction of properties Nil 0.00

GB Green belt developed in 33% of Total lease area

(0.66 ha.)

Green belt developed in Lease area

0.3158 ha (Safety zone

along with haul road)

Green belt in M

2 Presume 1 plant/4m2 625 tree/ha

Cost of single plant (plant cost + maintenance) Rs. 150

Total cost of green belt (with in lease area) (0.3158 ha x 625)

150 x 197 tress = Rs.

0.29

Green belt developed in buffer zone 0.3442 ha (Nearest

village, Gram sabha, along

the roads, hospitals and

school)

Green belt in M2 Presume 1 plant/4m

2 625 tree/ha

Cost of single plant (plant cost + maintenance) Rs. 150

Total cost of green belt (Outside the lease area) (0.3442 ha x 625)

150 x 215 tress =Rs.

0.32

Total Cost of Green Belt Development 0.29+0.32 0.61

HG No major HG issues envisioned, considering no

ground water interception

Nil 0.00

RH/OHS Health expenditure

No of workers x Rs. 1000

32 x 1000=0.32

PPE expenditure

No. of workers x Rs 300

32 x 300=0.09

Total expenditure for health & safety for

workers * no of Years

0.32+0.09*1

0.41

CER 10% of mineral value Rs. 419 x 18,000 T x

10%

7.54

SC Cost of preservation, handling and reuse of Top

soil: (Cost of soil preservation is assumed to be

Rs. 10,000/Ha.)

Nil 0.00

Total assessed Env. Damage Cost (Lakh) 10.42

Environm

ental

damage

cost in %

of Mineral

value

Total assessed Env. Damage Cost in Rs./Value

of mineral in Rs. *100

(10.42/419)*100 2.48 %





8.5 Conclusion

The project activity and the management will provide assistance for the development of

public amenities in the region.

The mine management will recruit semi-skilled & unskilled eligible workers from the

nearby villages.

The overall effect will improve the buying power of employees and thus a higher

standard of living viz. better education, improved health and sanitation facilities, housing

and acquisition of consumer durables. Housing, transport, medical, educational and other

civic amenities will get betterment in the future. This is envisaged as a major positive

benefit.



TALUKA: VERAVAL, JUNAGADH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS


9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod will operate the mining activities for the

extraction of Limestone to supply to the various consumers in the state and

outside the state. Theimproved market conditions witnessed recently, after a grip

of recession over a long period, are expected to continue due to high priority

being given by the Government to housing and infrastructure and also in view of

the massive investment proposed in industry and rural sectors to enhance or

improve their capacity for the end users which will support the economic growth

and industrial improvement.

The cost of the project is estimated to be Rs. 30.0/- for the production of 18,000

TPA with a total reserve capacity of 88,127 for Limestone. Mining of Limestone

has been practiced since ancient times in India.

Of the 7,800 mining leases in Gujarat, 477 are for major minerals like Limestone.

Gujarat currently operates 309 limestone mining leases that cover a cumulative

area of approximately 14,500 hectares. Limestone is one of the 38 major minerals

produced here. Gujarat accounts for more than eight per cent of the limestone

produced in the country. Therefore it becomes important for the region to operate

the mine to generate employment opportunities for local people and improves

livelihood as well as lifestyle of people.

Limestone is generally used as limestone tiles; limestone slabs in flooring, wall

cladding, vanity tops and to pave the floors of large commercial complexes,

hospitals, airports, shopping malls, railway stations, parks etc. It is used to make

glass and cement. It can be used like chalk, as it is mostly calcium, so you can

actually draw with the stone. It is also used to make iron in a blast furnace, to

remove impurities from the iron ore.

Besides the tangible benefits, the project has got number of intangible benefits

like minimum emissions of the greenhouse gases, no adverse effect on

environment. Socio-economic benefits to the local people and the region through

development of infrastructural facilities, ancillary industries and enhancement of

the economic growth of the state and country. When mine will operate it will

prove significant supply of minerals to the consumers especially in the state of

Gujarat.

The chief consuming industries of Limestone in our country:



TALUKA: VERAVAL, JUNAGADH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS


75 per cent Limestone is used in cement industry, 16 per cent in iron and steel

industry [It acts as flux] and 4 per cent in the chemical industries.

Rest of the limestone is used in paper, sugar, fertilizers, etc.

Almost all the states of India produce some quantity of limestone.



TALUKA: VERAVAL, JUNAGADH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 Environmental Management Plans

Introduction 10.1.1

The EIA study for the project has identified impacts that are likely to arise during

different phases of the project. The study has also examined the extent to which

the adverse impacts identified can be controlled through the adoption of

mitigation measures. The Environment Management Plan describes both generic

good practice measures and site-specific measures, the implementation of which

is aimed at mitigating potential impacts associated with the proposed activities.

Environment Health and Safety (EHS) Policy is attached as Annexure-65.

Purpose of EMP

The environment management plan is prepared with a view to facilitate effective

environmental management of the project, in general and implementation of the

mitigation measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to

address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to

be adopted for all project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists

all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every potential biophysical

and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation,

which could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:

A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures to be implement

The parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of

the action

The timings for implementation of the action are also included to ensure the

objectives of mitigation get fully met. The EMP is presented in Table 10-1.


EIA/EMP REPORT FOR LIMESTONE MINE AT AJOTHA VILLAGE, TALUKA: VERAVAL, JUNAGADH

DISTRICT OF GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


Table 10-1: Environment Management Plan

S.

No.

Project

Activity

Impact/Iss

ues Project Stage

Mitigation

Measures Location

Means of

Verification

Frequency

of

Monitoring

Responsibility Reporting

Requirement

Environment Management Plan for Land Environment

1. Land Lease/

Purchase

Change in

Land Use

Before the

start of

Work/ Pre

Operation

Phase

All the activities

shall be restricted

within M.L area.

Plantation

activities to be

initiated

simultaneously.

Mine

Site

Site

inspection Monthly

Mines

Manager

To be

included in

Six monthly

compliance

report

2. Mining

Activities

Change in

Land Use

Operation

Phase

Overburden will

be dumped at the

demarcated area

within the lease.

Mine

Site

Site

Inspection/

Visual

Observation

Daily Mines

Manager

Daily

Record

Register of

waste dump

height and

area.

3.

Mine

Closure/

Reclamation

Change in

Land Use

Mine

Closure

Filling of Voids

Spreading the top

soil on the

backfilled area

Plantation on the

backfilled area.

The mined out pit

will be used as

water reservoir

which will

provide water to

villagers for

agricultural

purpose, fencing

of water reservoir

Mine

site

Site

Inspection Weekly

Mines

Manager/

Environmental

Officer

To be

included in

Six monthly

compliance

report





S.

No.

Project

Activity

Impact/Iss

ues Project Stage

Mitigation

Measures Location

Means of

Verification

Frequency

of

Monitoring


Requirement

Environment Management Plan for Air Environment

1. Site

Preparation

Impact on

health due

to fugitive

dust

emissions

Impact on

health due

to exhaust

gas

emission

Pre

Operation

Phase

Water

sprinkling on

the internal

roads

Adhering to

strict

maintenance

schedules for all

equipment and

transport

vehicle to

minimize

gaseous

emissions like

CO and NOx.

Improved

maintenance of

machinery for

reducing

gaseous and

noise pollution

Restriction on

vehicle speed,

sprinkling of

water on

unpaved roads.

Mine

Site

Site

Inspection,

Record

Keeping and

Visual

Inspection

Monthly

Mines

manager,

Environment

officer, Safety

Officer,

Maintenance

department

Monthly

Progress

report

2. Generation Impact on Operation Through the Mine Site Monthly Mines Monthly





S.

No.

Project

Activity

Impact/Iss

ues Project Stage

Mitigation

Measures Location

Means of

Verification

Frequency

of

Monitoring


Requirement

of Fugitive

Dust

emissions

Air emission

impact along

the access

road

Loading/

Unloading of

mineral/wast

e and OB

health due

to fugitive

dust

emissions

Phase project life

cycle, engage

on-road and off-

road vehicles/

equipment that

are compliant to

prevailing

emissions

standards of

CPCB/Central

Motor Vehicle

Act/Rule and

have valid PUC

certificates;

Make dumper

and other

vehicle

operators/maint

enance

department

responsible for

periodically

inspecting the

vehicles

engaged in the

project for oil

and grease

leaks, spills and

Site,

Approac

h roads

Inspection,

Visual

Observation-

on, Record

keeping

manager,

Environment

officer, Safety

Officer,

Maintenance

department

Progress

report





S.

No.

Project

Activity

Impact/Iss

ues Project Stage

Mitigation

Measures Location

Means of

Verification

Frequency

of

Monitoring


Requirement

seeps from any

of its parts etc.

Prohibit the

practice of

attending to

break-down

maintenance

along roadside;

Frequent water

spraying /

sprinkling on

the roads, stock-

piles, waste

dumps and

transfer points

where dust is

generated;

Provision of

dust mask to

workers

working at

highly dust

prone and

affected areas;

Control fugitive

dust emission in

the mining area

by controlling





S.

No.

Project

Activity

Impact/Iss

ues Project Stage

Mitigation

Measures Location

Means of

Verification

Frequency

of

Monitoring


Requirement

the dust at

source. Some of

the strategies

include: keep

the traffic

allowed

carriageway

free of

excavation

materials; clear

excavated waste

from roadside;

sprinkle water

on dust source;

If any increase

of pollutants is

reported from

monitoring,

necessary

control

measures would

be taken;

Follow up of the

conditions as

stipulated in the

Consent from

SPCB

3. Emission due Impact on Operation Adhering to Mine Site Monthly Mines Monthly





S.

No.

Project

Activity

Impact/Iss

ues Project Stage

Mitigation

Measures Location

Means of

Verification

Frequency

of

Monitoring


Requirement

to

Combustion

engine

health due

to dust

emission

Impact on

health due

to exhaust

gas

emission

Phase strict

maintenance

schedules for all

equipment and

transport

vehicle to

minimize

gaseous

emissions like

CO and NOx.

Improved

maintenance of

machinery for

reducing

gaseous

pollution.

Use of low

Sulphur HSD

fuel oil (with

maximum 1%

Sulphur

content) to

restrict SO2

emission;

If any increase

in level of

pollutants are

reported from

Site Inspection,

Visual

Observation-

on, Record

keeping

manager,

Environment

officer, Safety

Officer,

Maintenance

department

Progress

report





S.

No.

Project

Activity

Impact/Iss

ues Project Stage

Mitigation

Measures Location

Means of

Verification

Frequency

of

Monitoring


Requirement

monitoring,

necessary

control

measures would

be taken;

Follow up of the

conditions as

stipulated in the

Consent from

SPCB

Environment Management Plan for Noise Environment

1.

Noise

Emission

from

excavation

work, haul

trucks along

the mine

access

service

road, and

material

handling

activities at

the ROM

and spoil

areas and

auxiliary

Noise

Pollution

Operation

Phase

The operator‟s

cabin of

equipment like

dumpers,

loaders, etc. to

be made sound

proof

Use of

improvised

plant and

machinery

designs, with

inbuilt

mechanism to

reduce sound

emissions like

improved

Mine

Site

Site

Inspection,

Visual

observation

and

monitoring

records

Monthly

Mines

Manager,

Environmental

officer, Safety

officer

Half Yearly

reporting to

MoEF&CC





S.

No.

Project

Activity

Impact/Iss

ues Project Stage

Mitigation

Measures Location

Means of

Verification

Frequency

of

Monitoring


Requirement

and support

equipment

such as

dumpers,

tractors and

water

trucks,

silencers,

mufflers and

closed noise

generating parts

Where noise

level is more the

workers to be

provided with

ear plugs.

Reducing the

exposure time

of workers to

high noise

levels by

arranging time

bound rotation

of individuals

Green belt will

be enhanced by

additional

plantation in

and around the

M.L area.

Periodic

ambient noise

monitoring near

sensitive

receptors in the





S.

No.

Project

Activity

Impact/Iss

ues Project Stage

Mitigation

Measures Location

Means of

Verification

Frequency

of

Monitoring


Requirement

vicinity of lease

area.

Environment Management Plan for Soil Environment

1.

Removal of

topsoil; the

disturbed

areas and

soil stock

piles will be

kept moist

to avoid

wind

erosion of

soil Topsoil

removed

shall be

stored

separately,

protected

and reused

for

landscape

developmen

t within the

project area.

The routes

for

movement

Soil

erosion

Loss of

fertile

Top soil

Soil

Compacti

on

Operation

Phase

Proper garland

to be

constructed

around the

waste dump;

Identify areas

where topsoil

could be utilized

for landscape

prior to

stripping of top

soil;

Heavy

machinery

movement will

be limited to

access roads;

Mine

Site

Record

Keeping ,

Surprise Site

Inspection,

Visual

Observation

Monthly Mines

Manager

Monthly

Progress

Report





S.

No.

Project

Activity

Impact/Iss

ues Project Stage

Mitigation

Measures Location

Means of

Verification

Frequency

of

Monitoring


Requirement

of dumper

and tractor

shall be

designated

to avoid the

soil

compaction

in other

areas

2.

Soil

Contaminati

on due to

spillage of

Diesel and

Lubricant

Soil

Contamin

ation

Operation

Phase

Ensure

hazardous waste

oil/ lubricant

from

maintenance of

machinery and

oil soaked rags

are properly

labeled and

stored onsite

provided with

impervious

surface, shed and

secondary

containment

system;

Ensure routinely

disposal of

hazardous waste

Mine

Site

Quantificatio

n of waste

generated,

Site

inspection

and visual

observation

Quarterly Mines

Manager

Six monthly

EHS report





S.

No.

Project

Activity

Impact/Iss

ues Project Stage

Mitigation

Measures Location

Means of

Verification

Frequency

of

Monitoring


Requirement

(within 90 days)

through

approved

registered

recyclers and

records are

properly

documented as

per HW Rules;

Ensure used oil

is stored on

impervious floor

Environment Management Plan for Water Environment

1.

Surface Run-

off from

waste dump,

OB dump

and mineral

stack,

wastewater

generated

from mine

office

Impact on

surface

water

quality

Operation

Phase

Waste dump

will be provided

with bunding

and garland

drain

Waste water

generated from

office building

will be diverted

to septic tank

followed by

soak pit

Mine

site

Site

inspection

and Visual

observation

Monthly Mines

Manager

Monthly

Progress

report

2.

Surface Run-

off from

waste dump,

Impact on

surface

water

Operation

Phase

Waste dump

will be provided

with bund and

Mine

site and

nearby

Site

inspection,

Visual

Quarterly

Mines

Manager/

Environment

Half Yearly

reporting to

MoEF&CC





S.

No.

Project

Activity

Impact/Iss

ues Project Stage

Mitigation

Measures Location

Means of

Verification

Frequency

of

Monitoring


Requirement

OB dump

and mineral

stack,

quality garland drain

OB waste as

well as mineral

are non-

hazardous in

nature

Quarterly

monitoring of

groundwater

level and quality

to be carried out

by establishing

network of

existing well

and

piezometers.

area observation

and

monitoring

records

officer

Environment Management Plan for Ecological Environment

1. Site clearing

activities

Impact on

Flora and

Fauna

Pre

Operation

Phase

Damage to the

natural

topography and

landscape will be

minimized;

General

awareness

regarding

wildlife will be

enhanced

through

Mine

Site

Site

inspection,

training

records,

visual

assessment

Once

during the

project

phase

Mines

Manager

Once during

the project

phase





S.

No.

Project

Activity

Impact/Iss

ues Project Stage

Mitigation

Measures Location

Means of

Verification

Frequency

of

Monitoring


Requirement

trainings, posters

etc. among the

staff and mine

workers;

Traffic speed

within the

activity area will

be regulated.

2.

Mining

activities

(Plying of

Vehicles)

Impact on

vegetation

and green

belt due

to dust

deposition

Operation

Phase

Extensive

plantation on the

statutory

boundary will

increase the

floral diversity of

the area

Sufficient

availability of

water will be

ensured for green

belt

The green belt

area once marked

will not be

disturbed during

life of mine

Water sprinkling

will be done

twice during the

Mine

site

Site

inspection,

Visual

observation

by expert,

Assessment

of survival

rate

Quarterly

Mines

manager/

Environment

officer

Half Yearly

reporting to

MoEF&CC





S.

No.

Project

Activity

Impact/Iss

ues Project Stage

Mitigation

Measures Location

Means of

Verification

Frequency

of

Monitoring


Requirement

day on haul road

and connecting

mine to National

Highway, also

water sprinkling

will be done on

waste dump, OB

dump

Environment Management Plan for Occupational Health and Safety

1. Mining

Activities

Fugitive

dust

emission

could

have

potential

impact on

human

health

Operation

Phase

Persons

working in

dusty area to be

provided with

protective gears

such as helmets,

dust masks, ear

muff etc.;

Regular water

sprinkling at

dust generating

areas, haul

roads.

Occupational

health checkup

of all workers

working in

mine, and

Pulmonary

Mine

site

Site

inspection,

Visual

Assessment,

medical test

reports and

EHS audit

Monthly

audit and

site

inspection,

Annual

medical

checkup

Mines

manager/

Safety officer

Monthly

Progress

report





S.

No.

Project

Activity

Impact/Iss

ues Project Stage

Mitigation

Measures Location

Means of

Verification

Frequency

of

Monitoring


Requirement

function test for

workers

working in

dusty areas.

2. Mining

Activities

Continuo

us

exposure

to high

level of

noise will

cause

health

illness in

the

workers,

such as

annoyanc

e,

fatigue,

hypertens

ion and

high

blood

cholester

ol;

Long

term

continuo

Operation

Phase

Workers

continuously

exposed to

higher noise

levels will be

provided ear

muffs/ear plugs;

Company

management

will ensure that

no personnel is

exposed to noise

level greater

than 85 dB (A)

for a duration of

more than 8

hours per day

without PPE‟s

as

recommended

by DGMS.

Use of Personal

Protective

equipment like

Mine

Site

Site

inspection,

Visual

Assessment,

medical test

reports and

EHS audit

Monthly

audit and

site

inspection,

Annual

medical

checkup

Mines

manager/

Safety officer

Monthly

Progress

report





S.

No.

Project

Activity

Impact/Iss

ues Project Stage

Mitigation

Measures Location

Means of

Verification

Frequency

of

Monitoring


Requirement

us

exposure

to higher

noise

may

cause

permanen

t hearing

loss;

ear plugs, ear

muffs by mine

workers.

Regular health

checkup of all

the workers

working in

mine.

3.

Natural

Hazard

during

mining

operation

Safety

Hazard,

natural

hazard can

impact the

surroundi

ng

population

Operation

Phase

Provision of

warning system

for any

emergency due

to natural hazard.

A well-rehearsed

emergency

management

plan shall be in

place to deal

with emergency

situations.

Mine

site

Site

Inspection

As and

when

required

All the

workers in the

mine

Reporting of

Emergency

SHRI ARJABHAI KHIMABHAI RATHOD DRAFT EIA REPORT EIA/EMP REPORT FOR LIMESTONE MINE AT AJOTHA VILLAGE, TALUKA: VERAVAL, JUNAGADH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


Environment Management Cell 10.1.2

Apart from having an Environmental Management Plan, it is also necessary to have a permanent organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring its effective implementation of mitigation measures and to conduct environmental monitoring. In this effect, Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod will assign responsibilities to officers from various disciplines to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of environment control measures. An organogram of Environment management is shown in Figure 10-1.

Basically, this department undertakes the monitoring of environmental pollution level by measuring, ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, Noise level, etc., either departmentally or appointing external agency whenever required. The Environmental and Safety department will also looking after for preparation of environment statement, carrying out environment audit, preparation of Consent to establish & Consent to operate.

Environmental monitoring cell will be established for monitoring of important and crucial environmental parameters which are of immense importance to assess the status of environment during sand mine operation. Proponent will be monitored the Environmental Status with the help of third party and give responsible to Mining or Safety Engineer for compliance and take care the all the things for implementation of EMP as proposed. However, the tentative schematic diagram also shown as follows for the same.

Figure 10-1: Environment Management Cell

Owner

Mines Manager

Safety Officer

Environmental Officer





In order to carry out the environmental monitoring, EMC will perform the following

activities:

EMC will oversee that environmental control measures are implemented as per

approved action plan.

Identify and record the constraints in respect of environmental planning and

implementation.

Systematically document and record keeping w.r.t environmental issues.

Field monitoring and laboratory analysis.

Monitoring of plantation development.

Environmental compliance to the regulatory authorities.

Communication with the concerned departments on the environmental issues.

Interact and liaison with State/ Central Government departments

To monitor compliance of environmental regulations.

Continual improvement in environmental performance.

To follow proper documentation and monitoring procedures, for developing better

Environmental Management System at the mine site.

To keep up with regulatory requirements and arrange for the necessary certificates

or consents viz., air and water.

To conduct yearly environmental monitoring and submit the statement to SPCB.

10.2 Greenbelt Development

Greenbelt development programme will be designed within the natural constraints

of the Limestone mine area and in particular species selection reflects flora known

to be resistant to the local conditions.

Greenbelt development is necessary for:

1. Landscaping and providing shelter

2. Help in reducing Pollution level

3. Surface air purification by providing oxygen and letting SPM to settle on the

leaves.

4. To attenuate noise generation by movement of vehicles and other machinery.

5. Improve ecological conditions.

6. Improves the aesthetics & beneficially influence the microclimate of the

surrounding.

The following characteristics will be taken into consideration while selecting

plant species for green belt development and tree plantation.





1. They should be local indigenous and drought resistant species.

2. They should be fast growing and tall trees.

3. They should be perennial and evergreen.

4. They should have thick canopy cover.

5. The planting should be in appropriate alternate rows around the site to prevent

lateral

6. Pollution dispersion

7. The trees should maintain regional ecological balance and conform to soil and

hydrological conditions. Indigenous species should be preferred.

8. Native species will be planted as per CPCB guidelines.

PLANTATION PROGRAMME 10.2.1

It is proposed to have plantation on both sides of the roads & to provide cover

against dust dissemination plantation will also be carried out as social forestry

programmed in villages school and the areas allocated by the Panchayat\ State

authorities. It is proposed that about 33% of total lease area will be used for

plantation. As the area calculated for plantation is:

Total Lease Area 2.0 Ha.

33% of total ML area

0.66 Ha. (6600 m2)

0.3158 ha. area will be planted

on the statuary barrier

0.3442 ha. area will be planted

along the road-sides, Gram

Sabha, nearest village, nearby

schools & hospitals.

Nos of plants

No of Plantation

= Area (Ha) X 10000

Row x Plant

= 0.66 x10000

4 x 4

= 412

About 197 plants with in M.L

area

About 215 plants outside the

M.L. area

The following plant species will be planted Aegle marmelos (Beal),

Azadirachtaindica (Neem), Lannea coromandelica (Mahi), Emblica officinalis

(Amla), Annona squamosa (Sitaphal), Mangifera indica (Mango), Syzgium

cumini (Jamun), Terminalia Arjuna (Arjun), Dalbergia sissoo (Sissoo) etc. A

suitable combination of trees that can grow fast and also have good leaf cover

shall be adopted to develop the greenbelt.

Native species per year along with trees, herbs, shrubs &grasses. Greenbelt

development programme is given below

Table 10-2: Greenbelt developments Programme within M.L. area





Year of

Plantation.

Proposed

Plantation

Area cover

in ha. Species Place of Plantation

1st Year 40 0.0631 Beal,

Amla,

Mango,

On the statuary

barrier and along

the haul road 2

nd Year 40 0.0631

3rd

Year 40 0.0631

4th Year 40 0.0631

5th Year 40 0.0631

Total 200 0.315

Table 10-3: Greenbelt developments Programme outside the M.L area

Year of


Plantation

Area

cover in

ha.

Species Place of

Plantation

1st Year

43 0.0688 Jamun, Arjun, Sissoo Along the

road-sides,

Gram Sabha,

nearest

village,

nearby

schools &

hospitals

2nd

Year 43 0.0688

3rd

Year 43 0.0688

4th Year

43 0.0688

5th Year

43 0.0688

Total 215 0.344

Vegetation development is proposed along road sides of approach roads. While

selecting plant species preference will be given for planting native species of the

area and shall have soil binding capacity. Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod will

supply saplings to surrounding villagers for green belt development in their

villages and encourage the plantation by means of social forestry.

Greenbelt development as per the scheduled plan will be reviewed every year

plantation records will be maintained for period of plantation, area under

plantation, length of avenue plantation, type of species density of planted area and

survival rate.

10.3 Budget for Environmental Management Activities

The budget for environmental activities is given in Table 10-4.

Table 10-4: Budget for Environmental Management

S.No. Description of Item Budgetary Calculation Recurring Cost (Rs in

Lakhs Per Annum





1 Air Pollution Control Water Sprinkling

(300 days x 2 times x 200 Rs./day)

1.20

2 Environmental

Monitoring and

Management

Air quality Monitoring

(location x Monitoring Frequencies x Cost)

(7x2x1500) =21,000 Rs./-

Ground Water sampling analysis

(7x2x1500) = 21,000 Rs./-

Surface Water sampling analysis

(2x2x1500) = 6,000 Rs./-

Soil Sampling Analysis

(7x2x1500)= 21,000 Rs./-

Noise Sampling

(7x2x1500)=21,000 Rs./-

0.90

3 Green Belt

Development

Green Belt Development (150 Rs./plant x 412)

(*Rs. 150/- includes the cost of fertilizers & pesticides

and maintains)

0.61

Total Rs. 2.72 Lakh/annum



TALUKA: VERAVAL, JUNAGADH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION


11 JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION,

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

11.1 Justification of the project implementation

Mining lease area is Govt. waste land situated near Village-Ajodha, Taluka-

Veraval and District- Jungadh (Gujarat); this is a project with production capacity

of 18,000 TPA Limestone.

Therefore it becomes important for the region to operate the mine to generate

employment opportunities for local people and improves livelihood as well as

lifestyle of people.

The project will prove beneficial in terms of socio-economic development as it

will provide employment to locals. Further, the average income level, which is the

indicator of socio– economic status of households, is expected to increase, which

will ultimately result in better standard of living of the local people.

11.2 Technical details of the project

The Ajotha Limestone Mining Project of Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod is

situated Near Village Ajotha, Tehsil Veraval, District Gir Somnath (Gujarat) over

an area of 2.00 ha in Survey No. 389.

The mining will be carried out by Semi-opencast method as per the approved

Mining Plan only. The entire mining area is Non-forest Government waste land,

validity of mining is 30 years from the date of execution of lease deed. The

proposed production is 18,000 TPA. The estimated cost of project will be Rs. 30

Lac.

The salient feature of proposed project shown in Table 11-1

Table 11-1: Salient Feature of Project

S. No Particulars Details

A. Nature of the Project Limestone Mining Project


1. Mine area 2.0 ha

2. Proposed Production Capacity 18,000 TPA

C Location Details

1. Village Ajodha

2. Tehsil Veraval

3. District Gir, Somnath

4. State Gujarat

5. Latitude & Longitude Pillars Latitude (N) Longitude (E)





S. No Particulars Details

1 20°53‟55.8” 70°28‟51.9”

2 20°54‟01.4” 70°28‟51.6”

3 20°54‟01.4” 70°28‟56.5”

4 20°53‟57.1” 70°28‟55.9”

5 20°53‟56.6” 70°28‟55.0”

6 20°53‟55.8” 70°28‟53.2”

6. Toposheet No. 41L/5, 41L/9

D Environmental Settings of the Area

1. Ecological Sensitive Areas

No National Park, Wild Life Sanctuary, Biosphere

Reserve, Tiger Reserve, Wildlife Corridor, Reserved

Forest fall within 15 km radius of the lease area.

S.

No.

P.F./R.F. Distance Direction

1. Reserved Forest 8.42 km South

2. Reserved Forest 7.03 km NE

3. Reserved Forest 6.74 km NW

2. River / water body

River/ water body Distance Direction

1

.

Sarswati River 1.40 km South

2

.

Kapilla Nadi 4.20 km NE

3

.

Hiran River 5.0 km NW

3. Nearest Town / City Ajodha- 1.50 km, SSW from mine site.

4. Nearest Railway Station Somnath Railway Station – 7.60 km, West from mine

site.

5. Nearest Airport Diu Airport is about 50.20 Km in SE direction from

mine site.

6. State Boundary No State boundary passes through the project site.

7. Seismic Zone Zone – II [as per IS 1893 (Part-I): 2002]

D Cost Details

1.

Total Project Cost Rs. 30 Lacs/-

E Requirements of the Project

1. Water Requirement 3.83 KLD

2. Man Power Requirement 32 (Skilled and unskilled persons)

Present and Proposed Method of Mining





The Limestone mine will be developed by open cast semi-mechanized method of mining,

by forming benches of 3.0 meter height and more than 3 meter width and Ultimate pit

slope is proposed 450 from horizontal.

Open Cast Mining/ Bench Parameters

Bench or Bank or high wall height 3 meter.

Bench width not less than the bench height.

Ultimate Pit slope 450.

All benches to be equipped with road edge barrier.

Transportation of the mineral from mine to end users will be done by

trucks/dumpers.

Salient Features of Mining Method

The salient features of proposed mining method are:-

The mining will be done from top to bottom forming benches, with wagon drills

and blasting.

The slope of individual bench will be maintained vertically and the overall slope

will be < 450.

Transportation of the mineral from mine to end users will be done by

trucks/dumpers.

11.3 Impact Identification

S.

No.

Process

Activity

Environment

al

parameters

Environmental Impact

Significant Insignificant

Pre-operational phase

1. Selection of

mine lease

area, site

preparation

Land Use/

Land Cover

Social

Habitation

Biological

Road/Rail/river

/pond/ lake in

the selected

areas

LU (-) Potential change in land use /

land cover of the mining lease area;

EB (-): Ecology & Biodiversity is

affected due to mining because the

total lease area is forest land.

SE (+): Compensation to Government

against lease

2. Excavation Air

Noise

Water

Land

Biological

Socio-

Economic

LU (-) Creation of pit will change

the existing Land use.

THD (-) Due to excavated area

topography of the lease area will

change,

SC (-) Loss of Soil cover

OH (-) Due to generation of dust

particle health risk to the mine

workers

AQ (-) Dust emission due to mining

activities like use of JCB, vehicular

movement and use of dewatering pump

NV (-) Due to use of machineries for

mining activities,

SW, GW (-) use of water for dust

suppression, domestic purpose and

Greenbelt development

EB (-) dust emission, and generation of

noise

SE(+ / -) generation of employment/

nuisance due to mine workers





Operational Phase

3 Separation of

Overburden,

Collection &

Storage

Air

Noise

Water

Land

Biological

Socio-

Economic

LU (-) Creation of pit and mineral

stacking

SC (-) Loss of Soil cover

AQ (-) Dust emission from the mineral

stack.

NV (-) Due to use of machineries for

stacking activities,

SW, GW (-) Potential damage due to

mine runoff

THD (-) Due to mineral stacking

topography of the lease area will change,


noise

OH (-) Due to generation of dust particle

health risk to the mine workers

4 Transportation

of minerals

Air

Noise

Water

Land

Biological

Socio-

Economic

AP (-) Dust emission due to

transportation of mineral, OB and

waste

OH (-) Due to generation of dust

particle health risk to the mine

workers.

NV (-) Due to use of transportation of

mineral, OB and waste


noise

SE(+) Generation of employment in

transport industry

SW (-) Potential damage due to mine

runoff & dust generation due to

transportation.

Post Operation Phase

5 Restoration /

Reclamation

of Abandoned

mine

Land

Water

LU (-) Some areas will be converted

to water reservoir

AQ(-): Dust emission due to leveling/

Backfilling

EB (+) : Some area will be converted to

water reservoir and green belt

development

SE (+): creation of water reservoir.

SC (+): Soil generated can be utilized for

greenbelt development.

6 Plantation EB (+) : Some area will be

converted to water reservoir and

green belt development

EB (+) : Some area will be converted to

water reservoir and green belt

development

SC (+): Soil generated can be utilized for

greenbelt development.

11.4 Environment Management plan

S.

No.

Project

Activit

y

Impact/I

ssues

Project

Stage

Mitigation Measures Locati

on

Means of

Verificati

on

Frequen

cy of

Monitor

ing

Respons

ibility

Reporti

ng

Requir

ement

Environment Management Plan for Land Environment

1. Land

Lease/

Purchas

e

Change

in Land

Use

Before

the start

of

Work/

Pre

Operati

on

Phase

All the activities shall be restricted

within M.L area.

Plantation activities to be initiated

simultaneously.

Mine

Site

Site

inspection

Monthly Mines

Manager

To be

include

d in Six

monthl

y

complia

nce

report





S.

No.

Project

Activit

y

Impact/I

ssues

Project

Stage


on

Means of

Verificati

on

Frequen

cy of

Monitor

ing

Respons

ibility

Reporti

ng

Requir

ement

2. Mining

Activiti

es

Change

in Land

Use

Operati

on

Phase

Overburden will be dumped at the

demarcated area within the lease.

Mine

Site

Site

Inspection

/ Visual

Observati

on

Daily Mines

Manager

Daily

Record

Registe

r of

waste

dump

height

and

area.

3. Mine

Closure

/

Reclam

ation

Change

in Land

Use

Mine

Closure

Filling of Voids

Spreading the top soil on the

backfilled area

Plantation on the backfilled area.

The mined out pit will be used as

water reservoir which will provide

water to villagers for agricultural

purpose, fencing of water reservoir

Mine

site

Site

Inspection

Weekly Mines

Manager

/

Environ

mental

Officer

To be

include

d in Six

monthl

y

complia

nce

report

Environment Management Plan for Air Environment

1. Site

Prepara

tion

Impact

on health

due to

fugitive

dust

emission

s

Impact

on health

due to

exhaust

gas

emission

Pre

Operati

on

Phase

Water sprinkling on the internal

roads

Adhering to strict maintenance

schedules for all equipment and

transport vehicle to minimize

gaseous emissions like CO and

NOx.

Improved maintenance of

machinery for reducing gaseous

and noise pollution

Restriction on vehicle speed,

sprinkling of water on unpaved

roads.

Mine

Site

Site

Inspection

, Record

Keeping

and

Visual

Inspection

Monthly Mines

manager,

Environ

ment

officer,

Safety

Officer,

Maintena

nce

departme

nt

Monthl

y

Progres

s report

2. Generat

ion of

Fugitiv

e Dust

emissio

ns

Air

emissio

n

impact

along

the

access

Impact

on health

due to

fugitive

dust

emission

s

Operati

on

Phase

Through the project life cycle,

engage on-road and off-road

vehicles/ equipment that are

compliant to prevailing emissions

standards of CPCB/Central Motor

Vehicle Act/Rule and have valid

PUC certificates;

Make dumper and other vehicle

operators/maintenance department

responsible for periodically

inspecting the vehicles engaged in

the project for oil and grease leaks,

Mine

Site,

Appro

ach

roads

Site

Inspection

, Visual

Observati

on- on,

Record

keeping

Monthly Mines

manager,

Environ

ment

officer,

Safety

Officer,

Maintena

nce

departme

nt

Monthl

y

Progres

s report





S.

No.

Project

Activit

y

Impact/I

ssues

Project

Stage


on

Means of

Verificati

on

Frequen

cy of

Monitor

ing

Respons

ibility

Reporti

ng

Requir

ement

road

Loadin

g/

Unloadi

ng of

mineral

/waste

and OB

spills and seeps from any of its

parts etc. Prohibit the practice of

attending to break-down

maintenance along roadside;

Frequent water spraying /

sprinkling on the roads, stock-piles,

waste dumps and transfer points

where dust is generated;

Provision of dust mask to workers

working at highly dust prone and

affected areas;

Control fugitive dust emission in

the mining area by controlling the

dust at source. Some of the

strategies include: keep the traffic

allowed carriageway free of

excavation materials; clear

excavated waste from roadside;

sprinkle water on dust source;

If any increase of pollutants is

reported from monitoring,

necessary control measures would

be taken;

Follow up of the conditions as

stipulated in the Consent from

SPCB

3. Emissio

n due to

Combu

stion

engine

Impact

on health

due to

dust

emission

Impact

on health

due to

exhaust

gas

emission

Operati

on

Phase

Adhering to strict maintenance

schedules for all equipment and

transport vehicle to minimize

gaseous emissions like CO and

NOx.

Improved maintenance of

machinery for reducing gaseous

pollution.

Use of low Sulphur HSD fuel oil

(with maximum 1% Sulphur

content) to restrict SO2 emission;

If any increase in level of pollutants

are reported from monitoring,

necessary control measures would

be taken;

Follow up of the conditions as

stipulated in the Consent from

SPCB

Mine

Site

Site

Inspection

, Visual

Observati

on- on,

Record

keeping

Monthly Mines

manager,

Environ

ment

officer,

Safety

Officer,

Maintena

nce

departme

nt

Monthl

y

Progres

s report





S.

No.

Project

Activit

y

Impact/I

ssues

Project

Stage


on

Means of

Verificati

on

Frequen

cy of

Monitor

ing

Respons

ibility

Reporti

ng

Requir

ement

Environment Management Plan for Noise Environment

1. Noise

Emissio

n from

excavat

ion

work,

haul

trucks

along

the

mine

access

service

road,

and

material

handlin

g

activitie

s at the

ROM

and

spoil

areas

and

auxiliar

y and

support

equipm

ent such

as

dumper

s,

tractors

and

water

trucks,

Noise

Pollution

Operat

ion

Phase

The operator‟s cabin of equipment

like dumpers, loaders, etc. to be

made sound proof

Use of improvised plant and

machinery designs, with inbuilt

mechanism to reduce sound

emissions like improved silencers,

mufflers and closed noise

generating parts

Where noise level is more the

workers to be provided with ear

plugs.

Reducing the exposure time of

workers to high noise levels by

arranging time bound rotation of

individuals

Green belt will be enhanced by

additional plantation in and around

the M.L area.

Periodic ambient noise monitoring

near sensitive receptors in the

vicinity of lease area.

Mine

Site

Site

Inspection

, Visual

observatio

n and

monitorin

g records

Monthly Mines

Manager

,

Environ

mental

officer,

Safety

officer

Half

Yearly

reportin

g to

MoEF

&CC

Environment Management Plan for Soil Environment

1. Remov

al of

topsoil;

Soil

erosion

Loss of

fertile Top

soil

Soil

Operat

ion

Phase

Proper garland to be constructed

around the waste dump;

Identify areas where topsoil could

be utilized for landscape prior to

stripping of top soil;

Mine

Site

Record

Keeping ,

Surprise

Site

Inspection

, Visual

Monthly Mines

Manager

Monthl

y

Progres

s

Report





S.

No.

Project

Activit

y

Impact/I

ssues

Project

Stage


on

Means of

Verificati

on

Frequen

cy of

Monitor

ing

Respons

ibility

Reporti

ng

Requir

ement

Compacti

on

Heavy machinery movement will

be limited to access roads;

the disturbed areas and soil stock

piles will be kept moist to avoid

wind erosion of soil

Topsoil removed shall be stored

separately, protected and reused for

landscape development within the

project area.

The routes for movement of

dumper and tractor shall be

designated to avoid the soil

compaction in other areas

Observati

on

2. Soil

Contam

ination

due to

spillage

of

Diesel

and

Lubrica

nt

Soil

Contamin

ation

Operat

ion

Phase

Ensure hazardous waste oil/

lubricant from maintenance of

machinery and oil soaked rags are

properly labeled and stored onsite

provided with impervious surface,

shed and secondary containment

system;

Ensure routinely disposal of

hazardous waste (within 90 days)

through approved registered

recyclers and records are properly

documented as per HW Rules;

Ensure used oil is stored on

impervious floor

Mine

Site

Quantifica

tion of

waste

generated,

Site

inspection

and visual

observatio

n

Quarterl

y

Mines

Manager

Six

monthl

y EHS

report

Environment Management Plan for Water Environment

1. Surface

Run-off

from

waste

dump,

OB

dump

and

mineral

stack,

wastew

ater

generat

ed from

mine

office

Impact on

surface

water

quality

Operat

ion

Phase

Waste dump will be provided with

bunding and garland drain

Waste water generated from office

building will be diverted to septic

tank followed by soak pit

Mine

site

Site

inspection

and

Visual

observatio

n

Monthly Mines

Manager

Monthl

y

Progres

s report





S.

No.

Project

Activit

y

Impact/I

ssues

Project

Stage


on

Means of

Verificati

on

Frequen

cy of

Monitor

ing

Respons

ibility

Reporti

ng

Requir

ement

2. Surface

Run-off

from

waste

dump,

OB

dump

and

mineral

stack,

Impact on

surface

water

quality

Operat

ion

Phase

Waste dump will be provided with

bund and garland drain

OB waste as well as mineral are

non-hazardous in nature

Quarterly monitoring of

groundwater level and quality to be

carried out by establishing network

of existing well and piezometers.

Mine

site

and

nearby

area

Site

inspection

, Visual

observatio

n and

monitorin

g records

Quarterl

y

Mines

Manager

/

Environ

ment

officer

Half

Yearly

reportin

g to

MoEF

&CC

Environment Management Plan for Ecological Environment

1. Site

clearing

activitie

s

Impact

on Flora

and

Fauna

Pre

Operati

on

Phase

Damage to the natural topography

and landscape will be minimized;

General awareness regarding

wildlife will be enhanced through

trainings, posters etc. among the

staff and mine workers;

Traffic speed within the activity area

will be regulated.

Mine

Site

Site

inspection

, training

records,

visual

assessmen

t

Once

during

the

project

phase

Mines

Manager

Once

during

the

project

phase

2. Mining

activitie

s

(Plying

of

Vehicle

s)

Impact

on

vegetatio

n and

green

belt due

to dust

depositio

n

Operati

on

Phase

Extensive plantation on the statutory

boundary will increase the floral

diversity of the area

Sufficient availability of water will

be ensured for green belt

The green belt area once marked will

not be disturbed during life of mine

Water sprinkling will be done twice

during the day on haul road and

connecting mine to State Highway,

also water sprinkling will be done

on waste dump, OB dump

Mine

site

Site

inspection

, Visual

observatio

n by

expert,

Assessme

nt of

survival

rate

Quarterl

y

Mines

manager/

Environ

ment

officer

Half

Yearly

reportin

g to

MoEF

&CC

Environment Management Plan for Occupational Health and Safety

1. Mining

Activiti

es

Fugitive

dust

emission

could

have

potential

impact

on

human

health

Operati

on

Phase

Persons working in dusty area to be

provided with protective gears such

as helmets, dust masks, ear muff

etc.;

Regular water sprinkling at dust

generating areas, haul roads.

Occupational health checkup of all

workers working in mine and

pulmonary function test for workers

working in dusty areas.

Mine

site

Site

inspection

, Visual

Assessme

nt,

medical

test

reports

and EHS

audit

Monthly

audit and

site

inspectio

n,

Annual

medical

checkup

Mines

manager/

Safety

officer

Monthl

y

Progres

s report





S.

No.

Project

Activit

y

Impact/I

ssues

Project

Stage


on

Means of

Verificati

on

Frequen

cy of

Monitor

ing

Respons

ibility

Reporti

ng

Requir

ement

2. Mining

Activiti

es

Continuo

us

exposure

to high

level of

noise

will

cause

health

illness in

the

workers,

such as

annoyan

ce,

fatigue,

hyperten

sion and

high

blood

cholester

ol;

Long

term

continuo

us

exposure

to higher

noise

may

cause

permane

nt

hearing

loss;

Operati

on

Phase

Workers continuously exposed to

higher noise levels will be provided

ear muffs/ear plugs;

Company management will ensure

that no personnel is exposed to

noise level greater than 85 dB (A)

for a duration of more than 8 hours

per day without PPE‟s as

recommended by DGMS.

Use of Personal Protective

equipment like ear plugs, ear muffs

by mine workers.

Regular health checkup of all the

workers working in mine.

Mine

Site

Site

inspection

, Visual

Assessme

nt,

medical

test

reports

and EHS

audit

Monthly

audit and

site

inspectio

n,

Annual

medical

checkup

Mines

manager/

Safety

officer

Monthl

y

Progres

s report

3. Natural

Hazard

during

mining

operatio

n

Safety

Hazard,

natural

hazard

can

impact

the

surround

ing

Operati

on

Phase

Provision of warning system for any

emergency due to natural hazard

A well-rehearsed emergency

management plan shall be in place to

deal with emergency situations.

Mine

site

Site

Inspection

As and

when

required

All the

workers

in the

mine

Reporti

ng of

Emerge

ncy





S.

No.

Project

Activit

y

Impact/I

ssues

Project

Stage


on

Means of

Verificati

on

Frequen

cy of

Monitor

ing

Respons

ibility

Reporti

ng

Requir

ement

populatio

n

11.5 Project Benefits

The project activity and the management will provide assistance for the

development of public amenities in the region.

The mine management will recruit semi-skilled & unskilled eligible workers from

the nearby villages.

The overall effect will improve the buying power of employees and thus a higher

standard of living viz. better education, improved health and sanitation facilities,

housing and acquisition of consumer durables. Housing, transport, medical,

educational and other civic amenities will get betterment in the future. This is

envisaged as a major positive benefit.

11.6 Cost Benefit Analysis

Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod will operate the mining activities for the

extraction of manganese ore to supply to the various consumers in the state and

outside the state. This will encourage the industries mainly steel industries to

enhance or improve their capacity for the end users which will support the

economic growth and industrial improvement.

As a consequence of rapid industrialization in India, minerals like Limestoneare

needed at a rapid rate and for widening the gap between supply and demand.

Mineral supply is internationally recognized as preferred alternative for transport of

minerals from the point of view of economic growth of the individual country and

there by the more industrial development.

The cost of the project is estimated to be Rs. 30.0 Lacs/- for the production of

18,000 with a total reserve capacity of 88127 T for Limestone. Mining of

Limestone has been practiced since ancient times in India.

Of the 7,800 mining leases in Gujarat, 477 are for major minerals like Limestone.

Gujarat currently operates 309 limestone mining leases that cover a cumulative area

of approximately 14,500 hectares. Limestone is one of the 38 major minerals





produced here. Gujarat accounts for more than eight per cent of the limestone

produced in the country. Therefore it becomes important for the region to operate

the mine to generate employment opportunities for local people and improves

livelihood as well as lifestyle of people.

Limestone is generally used as limestone tiles; limestone slabs in flooring, wall

cladding, and vanity tops and to pave the floors of large commercial complexes,

hospitals, airports, shopping malls, railway stations, parks etc. It is used to make

glass and cement. It can be used like chalk, as it is mostly calcium, so you can

actually draw with the stone. It is also used to make iron in a blast furnace, to

remove impurities from the iron ore.

Besides the tangible benefits, the project has got number of intangible benefits like

minimum emissions of the greenhouse gases, no adverse effect on environment.

Socio-economic benefits to the local people and the region through development of

infrastructural facilities, ancillary industries and enhancement of the economic

growth of the state and country. When mine will operate it will prove significant

supply of minerals to the consumers especially in the state of Gujarat.

11.7 Health Safety & Environment (HSE) Management

Occupational health and safety (OHS) is a Gross-disciplinary area concerned with

protecting the safety, health and welfare of people engaged in work or employment.

The goal of all occupational health and safety programs is to foster a safe work

environment.

The mining operations will be carried out with all the safety measures laid down in

Mining Laws. Regular Medical checkup of workers will be done to check

occupational disease, if any, and respective records will be maintained at the mine.

By formation of a medical team consisting of medical practitioners having

experienced in industrial disease supported by local Panchayat and mine owner and

expenses to be borne by mine owner.

11.8 Cost of Environment Management Plan (EMP)

The budget for environmental activities is given in Refer Table 10.3.

11.9 CSR Activities proposed with budgetary provision

CSR activities proposed with budgetary provision are given in refer Table 8.1





11.10 Environmental Policy of Proponent

For protection of environment and sustainable development, the [Shri Arjabhai

Khimabhai Rathod] is committed to abide by environmental norms and various

conditions imposed by the Government during approval of project(s) at the central

as well as at the state levels. In addition to this, [Shri Arjabhai Khimabhai Rathod]

acknowledges the importance of the concept of inter-dependence of all sections of

the society. In particular, its focus revolves around the community residing in the

immediate vicinity of its Mining of Limestone (M.L Area: 2.0 ha) with production

capacity of 18,000 TPA near Ajodha Village, Tehsil: Veraval, District: Gir

Somnath (Gujarat) where it seeks to actively assist in improving the quality of life.

In line with its abiding concern for preservation of the ecological balance and

safeguarding the health and environment of the community, [Shri Arjabhai

Khimabhai Rathod] has always actively demonstrated its firm resolve to protect

the environment and is deeply committed to Environmental Protection and

professional style of management with the best in business ethics.

Keeping in view environmental commitments and also the guidelines on norms

and directives of different State and Central Government of India, [Shri Arjabhai

Khimabhai Rathod] has formulated the following Environmental Policy for

effective implementation across the organization.

The monitoring of implementation and review shall be at the level of the Director

and the guidance shall be communicated to all concerned in writing for

compliance. Together these shall comprise the Environmental Performance Report,

and shall be included in the Organization's Annual Report.

Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) have been framed for each component of

mining operations like drilling, loading and transport operations. Transport of

waste/ overburden, management of waste/overburden dumps, control of pollution,

plantation etc. These are available with the Mine Office.

Environment protection will be responsibility of all the employees. Any employee,

who notices any discharge of effluents, leakage from engine, machinery, abnormal

emission of any pollutants, noise from any place, machinery or moving part of any

machinery or security fence which is broken or any unhygienic condition within

the mining lease or near to the mining lease, shall inform the Environment

Management cell immediately. No employee shall willfully damage the plantation

done/green belt developed by the company within the project premises.





Grant of Environmental Clearance along with conditions attached to it shall be

prominently displayed on the web site of the company, office premises, Labour

Union Office, Attendance office etc.

Environment Management Officer will directly report to the Mines Manager and

no constraint whether financial or Administrative shall come in the way of

compliance of all the environment norms. Human resource and technological

resource as required for compliance of environmental norms shall be made

available to Environment Management Cell.

11.11 Conclusion

As discussed, it is safe to say that the collection of minor mineral from the

proposed lease area is not likely to cause any significant impact on the ecology of

the area as the mineral is and waste generated is non-toxic and does not harm the

surrounding environment.

Adequate measures will be taken to control the fugitive emissions to be

generating during mining operation. Green belt development in the vicinity of

river banks, approach roads, Govt. buildings, Schools also proposed with the help

of local Govt. department and local people as social forestry in the area for

betterment of environment.





12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

M/s Overseas Min-Tech Consultants (OMTC) expertise in Mining and Environment

Management provides comprehensive professional services for Mining, Highways, and

Building & Large Construction sectors. M/s Overseas Min-Tech Consultants was established

in the year 2011. It is an ISO 9001:2008 certified organization as well as certified RQP

organization by Indian Bureau of Mines for preparation of Mining Plans. It is also accredited

as Category „A‟ Organization for preparation of EIA/EMP for Mining, Highways, Railways

and Building & Large Construction projects by NABET.

The company‟s genesis is attributed to the acute need of consulting services by providing

end to end solutions for mining and environment sectors. It is a pioneering step in taking

mining and environment sectors consultancy on well-organized professional services in the

state of art manner.

OMTC provides Technical Services on Mineral Resource Management Systems and their

Processes. It also provides advanced software advice enabling tasks to be completed quickly

and managing Technical Data by use of CAE Data-mine software for optimal solution for

existing mine site. The team of OMTC includes Mining Engineers, Geologists, Hydro-

geologist, Environment Engineer, Mechanical Engineer, Surveyors, Business Analysts and

Modelers who drawn years of expertise and experience in order to provide practical advice

for extracting optimal value from existing operations, potential projects and mine expansions

through involvement in the ongoing global mining industry and awareness towards

significant trends in mining, environment and software engineering. OMTC offers proven &

up-to-date technical advice with solutions. The key services which make OMTC unique and

successful in mining sector.

Following are some of the services which are M/s Overseas Min-Tech Consultants (OMTC)

core competency

Helping the client to select the suitable site as per the norms of Ministry of Environment

and Forest& Climate Change, Govt. of India and State Pollution Control Boards in India.

Identification of area for M.L/ P.L and putting the M.L/P.L application.

Mine Exploration.

Preparation of Pre-Feasibility/ Feasibility Reports for mineral deposits.

Reserve and resource estimation, assessment of life of mine, Geological Modeling by

using CAE Data-mine software.

Preparation of Mine Plan, Scheme of Mining, Progressive Mine Closure Plan, Final Mine

Closure Plan

Consultancy on use of different types of latest explosives for different type of

deposits/minerals,

drill patterns as well as safety equipment‟s required during blasting.

Engineering design to prepare long term working Plan of a mine.





Preparation of EIA/ EMP and getting Environment Clearance from MoEF/SEIAA.

Environmental Monitoring and suggesting measures for Environmental protection.

Environmental and Safety Audit measures for mine environment & safety with their

updating.

Providing Forestry Clearance.

Procedural requirements for acquisition of private land for PL/ ML.

Performance testing of emissions/pollution control equipment‟s.

Analysis of Surface Hydrological data pertaining to flow fluctuation, estimation of flows

at 10,

50 and 90 percentile levels, Computation of ground water, recharge flow rate & direction,

plotting of ground water contours, preparation of water budgets and water danger plan

etc.

Supervisory consultancy services during above operations.

Highways & Railways, Building & Large Construction projects environments clearance.

Socio economic studies & social impact assessment studies.

Field survey by DGPS.

Remote sensing & GIS studies.

OMTC have a well-qualified and experienced EIA Coordinator. The following EIA

Coordinator and team members have assisted respective FAEs and also assisted in

documentation of EIA report. The certificate of accreditation of QCI/NABET done on

30.04.2018 has been enclosed as Annexure 11.

Table 12-1: List of EIA Coordinator

S.No. Name Category

1. Arun Kumar Yadav Cat. A (Open Cast)

Associate EIA Coordinator

2. Anjali H. Chachane

Table 12-2:Expertise of concern functional area

Sr. No. Functional Areas Name of the Expert/s&

Associate FAEs

1 Air Pollution Prevention,

Monitoring & Control (AP) P. M Jain

2. Noise/ Vibration

(NV)

Arun Kumar Yadav 3. Solid Waste and Hazardous

Waste Management (SHW))

4. Risk Assessment & Hazard

Management (RH)

5. Soil Conservation (SC) Anjali H Chachane

SHRI ARJABHAI KHIMABHAI RATHOD DRAFT EIA REPORT EIA/EMP REPORT FOR LIMESTONE MINE AT AJOTHA VILLAGE, TALUKA: VERAVAL, JUNAGADH DISTRICT OF GUJARAT SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION


Sr. No. Functional Areas Name of the Expert/s& Associate FAEs

6. Meteorology, Air Quality Modeling & Prediction (AQ) O.P. Yadav

7. Water Pollution, Prevention,

Control & Prediction of Impacts (WP)

Anjali Chachane

8 Hydrology, Ground Water & Water Conservation (HG)

Prerna Chauhan 9 Land Use (LU)

10 Geology(GEO) 11 Ecology and Biodiversity (EB) O.P.Yadav 12 Socio-Economics (SE) Roshan Kumawat

Table 12-3: List of FAAs

Sr. No. Functional Area Name

Functional Area Associates

1. Water Pollution Prevention, Control & Prediction of Impacts (WP)

Jaya Mathur 2. Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste Management (SHW)

3. Ecology and Biodiversity (EB) Om Prakash Yadav

Team member

1. Risk Assessment & Hazard Management (RH) Sameer Singh 2. Water Pollution Prevention, Control &

Prediction of Impacts (WP) Pooja Singh

3. Hydrology, Ground Water & Water Conservation (HG)

Ajeet Singh

4. Geology (GEO)

5. Land Use (LU)

6. Socio-Economics (SE) Fateh Chand Kumawat

Gujarat Pollution Control Board - DRAFT …...SHRI ARJABHAI KHIMABHAI RATHOD DRAFT EIA REPORT...

Documents

Transcript of Gujarat Pollution Control Board - DRAFT …...SHRI ARJABHAI KHIMABHAI RATHOD DRAFT EIA REPORT...